Home

confortfresh

1. Model 3 0 X Brace Repair The variable speed ECM has a unique program for each HVAC OEM model and size unit it is used in Replacement control modules and or motor modules must be an exact match to the system they were removed from There are no universal replacement controls or motors Using the wrong parts voids all product warranties and may produce unexpected results Always follow all instructions included with the replacement motor and or control If only the motor control needs to be replaced the motor passes both ohms tests the motor can stay in its mount in the blower section The new control will install just as the old one was removed If the entire motor must be replaced motor control and motor module it s easier to install the motor fully assembled Belly band mounting brackets should only make contact with the motor not the motor control and should not cover any motor vents The connectors should be facing down when he blower section is in the system and the wires leaving the motor should be formed into a drip loop If there is any sign of water damage on the old motor or control correct the water issue Dnp Loop Connector Orientation Between 4 and amp o clock Drip Loop 2010 Genteq 10 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 The variable speed ECM may rock back and forth when it first turns on This is normal operation for the control to figure out the proper directi
2. wa m a SE Que o Qa 2 Q a Qi a O D A n x Elettrodi immersi Immersed electrodes i a i MAX 5A 1 E 7 i V pm Ms Alimentazione 24 Vac Power Supply 24 NNE s oo s ENS Fa MA Rel di allame m Alarm relay Elettrovalvola di scarico 9485 gt Drain solenoid valve Elettrovalvola di carico AR Fill solenoid valve CS e 2 Umidostato 22 Humidistat be Regolatore esterno Sensore livello High leveys ens or lt Sos ES 25 5 External regulator 7 Senso conducibilit 552 99 ON OFF remoto Condyctivity sensor 5252 KX Remote ON OFF SG K S DIP SWITCH B LI x 5 e 5 Mu R pO we STEAM BOILER UNIT OPTIONAL Relays not Fig 4 C Only RM AM supplied by Carel h 230 Vi lves PTT ba n G 250 Vac 5 2A connection from CP to KUE with 24 Vac valves D nA material not supplied by CAREL refer manual 050003765 CAREL code 050221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 20 OEM 44 Single phase wiring diagram EXTERNAL TAM with contactor CP3 p I dg e Td SO 4
3. outdoor temp 72 power supply failure supply air temp ALI pr low press C1 ID2 104 1D6 108 1010 fan overload Ero compr overload 2 ABE ID1 13 1 5 ID7 ID9 BED ccc AM Lo s generic alarm condensator pressure Fig 11 9 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 4 4 Connessione di pi unit Questa configurazione possibile sia per macchine ad espansione diretta ED che a batteria CW che di tipo Shelter Essa permette di far ruotare a tempo una unit definita in stand by su un gruppo massimo di 6 unit Se una delle macchine in funzione va in allarme Punita in stand by si attiva Tutto questo realizzato utilizzando un ingresso ed un uscita digitale che tramite il master unit 1 invia il comando per attivare e disattivare l unit in stand by ogni 10 minuti il comando aggiornato p C6 No6 C7 3 10 0 Line GO B4 2 B3 1D2 1104 106 1D8 ID Nc6 No7 G B1 GND V 101 103 IDS 107 ID9 No7 C7 No7 C7 Y ww GO ID5 Il disegno mostra come tutti i quadri possano essere uguali e solo in fase di installazione si dovr eseguire il collegamento come in figura 12 con un cavo tripolare fra un armadio e l altro Nella fase di installazione si deve fare attenzione ai seguenti tre punti 1 bisogna impostare un unica macchina come master 2 consigliabile terminare la linea con una resistenza Rt di 220
4. UN Device used to prevent the water in the supply tank from exceeding the safety level for example due to a malfunction of the controller or leaks from the fill solenoid valve or back pressure The supply tank is fitted with an overflow diaphragm that releases the excess water introduced draining it through a special pipe The overflow diaphragm ts below the fill to prevent backflow into the supply hose CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 9 OEM 2 INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WEIGHTS HOSE CONNECTIONS 2 1 Positioning e favour steam distribution position the appliance so as to minimise the length of the steam outlet pipe max 4 m The unit has been designed for wall mounting the wall must be able to support the weight of the unit during operation e cylinder of the humidifier may reach temperatures above 60 e sure that the humidifier is level KUE R KUE 1 KUE 2 KUE 3 Raccordo di alimentazione 3 4 Gas maschio Water fill e SZ Water drain 53 Raccordo di drenaggio diam 32 mm Italian Raccordo di alimentazione 3 4 Gas maschio Raccordo di drenaggio diam 32 mm N 4 fori di fissaggio 6x10 CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 Fig 2 a English Supply connection 5 4 Gas male Drain connector dia 32mm 4 fastening hol
5. START PRODUCTION contact closed Rmax with the contact closed 50 2 Imax with the contact closed 10 mA END PRODUCTION contact open Vmax at the tips of the open contact 10 Vdc Manual drain 2 complementary external voltage free contacts ON GND closed control enabled Rmax with the contact closed 50 Imax with the contact closed 5 mA open control disabled Vmax at the tips of the open contact 5 Vdc DR GND dosed drain ON Rmax with the contact closed 1 2 Imax with the contact closed 0 5 A open drain OFF Vmax at the tips of the open contact 24 Vac SET GND steam production demand from external controller input impendence 15 0 to 10 V default 2 to 10 V O to 1 V selected only via RS485 Used alternatively to VR SET see Digital inputs Digital inputs Analogue inputs Operating conditions 0T60 C lt 90 RH non condensing Storage conditions 10T70 C lt 90 RH non condensing Environmental pollution normal TAM CP1 and CP3 boards external TAM code 09C412A017 CP2 and CP4 boards already on board Index of protection IP00 Distance between CP and KUE TAM level conductivity maximum cable length 20 m individually shielded Tab 2 KUE CP hardware configuration and rated data CP2 and CP4 TAM on board ref Figs 2 and 4 OEM code kg h CP board Turns TAM TAM Cable Ext fuses
6. The and buttons are used to enter the password 22 default which is confirmed by pressing the button The value of the first accessible parameter is then displayed in the upper right with the parameter code flashing Fig 14 Accessing Factory parameters F The number 0 is displayed and on the left the lock symbol amp confirming access via password to the procedure The and buttons are used to enter the password 177 which is confirmed by pressing the button Fig 15 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 quindi il valore del primo parametro accessibile e in alto a destra il codice del parametro lampeggiante Con i tasti e possibile scorrere i vari parametri 8 Se alarm gt v enter h NVI on off E Entrati in un qualsiasi livello di parametri una pressione del tasto visualizza il valore lampeggiante del parametro selezionato mentre con i tasti e possibile variarlo Ic 8 Sel alarm lt gt v enter m Ri on off E Clear 3 Premere nuovamente per fermare temporaneamente il nuovo valore Quindi con i tasti e si scorre il men dei parametri ripetendo le operazioni precedenti per ogni parametro da modificare Premere il tasto Invece per registrare le modifiche effettuate e uscire dalla programmazione Durante tutte le fasi di impostazione dei parametri rimane visualizzato in basso
7. Tipo Type HL 0 1 2 3 F F FF 2 regolazione velocit in proporzionale Se utilizzato in condensazione spegne il ventilatore sotto il valore espresso da F5 con un isteresi pari a 0 5 bar se in pressione o di 1 C se in temperatura 2 proportional speed regulation If used in condensation the fan is switched off below the value of F5 with an hysteresis of 0 5 bar for pressure or 1 C for temperature Soglia tensione minima per Triac Minimum Triac voltage threshold Soglia tensione massima per Triac Maximum Triac voltage threshold Durata impulso triac Triac pulse width banda regolazione per minima velocit o temperatura pressione minima velocit in condensazione regulation band for minimum speed or temperature pressure for minimum speed in condensation banda regolazione per massima velocit o temperatura pressione massima velocit in condensazione regulation band for maximum speed or temperature pressure for maximum speed in condensation Valore di minima uscita Minimum output value Valore di massima uscita Maximum output value Soglia contaore per il ventilatore Fan hour counter threshold 0 disabilitato disabled Contaore ventilatore mandata Supply fan hour counter Soglia contaore per il filtro Filter hour counter threshold 0 disabilitato disabled Contaore filtro Filter hour counter Ritardo spegnimento ventilatore mandata Supply fan OFF delay Tempo di spunto ventole in condensazione F
8. gt I External TAM on board 9 7 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 Functions of the CP board dipswitches and other functions This chapter provides some basic information on the functions of the CP board for further details please contact the CAREL After Sales Service aftersales carel com The dipswitches not described are not used and are reserved for future use DIP A2 cumulative alarm relay The CP has a cumulative alarm relay that can be configured as follows DIP A2 alarm relay status 1 2 Relay energised contact closed with at least one alarm active otherwise not energised contact open OFF 1 2 Relay not energised contact open with at least one ON alarm active otherwise energised contact closed OFF DIP A3 A4 maximum steam production The maximum steam production can be set between 20 and 100 of rated production e g if the rated production is 8 kg h the maximum production can be set between 1 6 kg h and 8 kg h There are two ways to set the maximum production 1 Using parameter PO integer variable 2 which can have any value between 20 and 100 PO by default is equal to 100 PO can usually be set via network 2 Using dipswitches A3 A4 DIP A3 4 maximum production 3 4 100 of rated production if PO 100 ON olle 3 4 7500 of rated production if PO 100 ON cele 3 4 5000 of rated production if PO
9. the re activation of the actuators switched off by the alarm Con una pressione contemporanea dei tasti 1 5 per 2 s cessa la Pressing the f 250 buttons together for 2 seconds cancels the visualizzazione del codice degli allarmi display of the alarm codes In caso di allarmi a ripristino manuale premendo contemporaneamente In the event of alarms with manual reset pressing the 4 itasti Y o Y per 2 s vengono effettuate le seguenti azioni buttons together for 2 seconds brings about disattivazione del rele d allarme vedi parametro HF e the deactivation of the alarm relay see parameter HF spegnimento del LED rosso di allarme e the switching off of the red alarm LED riattivazione degli attuatori spenti a causa dell allarme the re activation of the actuators switched off by the alarm Le segnalazioni di manutenzione dei compressori 1 e o 2 ventilatore e The maintenance signals for compressors 1 and or 2 the fan and the filtro per superamento soglie contaore provocano l attivazione del filter due to the exceeding of the hour counter thresholds activate the simbolo sul display del led rosso del buzzer e del rele d allarme symbol on the display the red LED the buzzer and the alarm messaggi di allarme vengono mostrati ciclicamente con l ordine relay The alarm messages are shown cyclically in the order indicated progressivo indicato nella tabella seguente Al termine riprende la in the following t
10. 2010 Genteq 8 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 To check the motor separately from the motor control turn off the main power and disconnect the high voltage 5 pin connector and the communication 16 pin connector 4 pin connector on the latest model 3 0 There must be at least 5 minutes elapsed time between when the power was disconnected and the next step Remove the two hex head bolts from the end of the control module and carefully separate it from the motor module Unplug the 3 pin connector between the control module and the motor Perform the following ohm tests on the motor through the 3 pin connector e Ohm out the phases from one terminal to the other in the connector Set the meter to the lowest ohms scale If the readings are all less than 20 ohms and within 10 of each other the motor passes this test If not the motor is falled and must be replaced 2010 Genteq 9 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 e Ohm out the motor windings from each terminal in the connector to ground the face of the motor X brace on the model 3 0 Set the meter to the highest ohms scale no meg ohm meters If all of these readings are above 100 000 ohms the motor is good Typically a good motor will show all readings as Infinity I O L or Open If any of these readings is below 100 000 ohms the motor is failed and must be replaced
11. If HA 3 the relay assumes the control of a series of units in rotation see H2 H4 In this configuration C7 is kept open continuously in the case of a serious alarm If HA 4 or 5 the dehumidification action is as selected by H9 If HA 6 or 7 two supply fans are managed the second one connected to the Out7 which the startup delay is fixed at 5s while the first one remains at OUT5 The activation is shown in the display by the figures 1 and 2 under the fan symbol In this case the thermals are connected to the ID2 and ID4 inputs and if both of them are ON the FL flow alarm is forced Range 0to5 flags Def 0 Dehumidification temperature regulation diagrams Low limit C1 C2 3 23 18 21 r3 2 2 2 r2 2 B1 2 resistenze 2 compressori 2 heating elements 2 compr Fig 22 b Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 Hb Funzione uscita Y2 taglio di fase Configura l uscita Y2 i cui parametri di lavoro sono F1 F8 0 l uscita Y2 controlla la velocit del ventilatore di mandata in modo proporzionale seguendo la curva di fig 30 pag 25 Se la macchina viene posta in stand by l uscita Y2 viene disattivata dopo il tempo Fd e contemporaneamente all uscita OUT5 1 l uscita Y2 controlla la velocit del ventilatore di condensazione tramite la sonda B3 pressione 2 l uscita Y2 controlla la velocit di condensazione tramite la sonda B2 temperatura Range 0 2 flags Def 0 6
12. Sensore conducibilit ON OFF remoto EXIXS D Conductivity sensor Remote ON OFF L lt Y Q2 XXX 5090906 DIP SWITCH 2S2 X2 QS 523 lt gt DIP SWITCH A STEAM BOILER UNIT m EE FV is y Fig 4 8 230 Vac material not supplied by CAREL Relays not Only for KUE 2 supplied by Carel with 230 Vac valves iO refer manual 050003765 otherwise direct connection from CP to KUE with 24 Vac valves EV2 DRAIN CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 24 OEM 4 8 Single phase wiring diagram KUE with frame INTERNAL TAM with contactor CP4 Regolatore esterno External regulator 1 Umidostato ec D D D e Humidistat KA Fi DION 215 0 lo gt Elettrodi immersi Immersed electrodes MAX 5A Alimentazione 24 Vac Power Supply 24Vac E Drenaggio manuale Jy Manual drainage Rel di allarme 1 n Alarm relay DR BO ev2 FJ lettrovalvola di scaric RS485 lo Drain solenoid valve r Op b
13. hoses must be cut to the required size before installation CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 31 OEM 6 44 Spare parts for special applications The following spare parts are supplied separately from the standard humidifier therefore they must be ordered separately MODEL KUETR KUETI KUET2 KUET3 KUET4 KUET4 KUET4 25kg h 35kg h A5ke h gt 400V Sealed cylinders 200 to 250 VAC 3 BLOTRAOOH1 BLOTIAOOHI BLOT2A00HO BLOT3A00HO BLOT4BOOHO BLOT4B00HO conductivity 125 to 350 uS cm 400 3 BLOTRCOOHI BLOT1A00H1 BLOT2BOOHO BLOT3BO0HO BLOTACOOHO BLOTACOOHO BLOT4B00HO conductivity 125 to 350 uS cm car BLOTRDOOHI BLOTICOOHI BLOT2CO0HO BLOTsCOOHO BLOTADOOHO BLOTADOOHO BLOTACOOHO conductivity 550 to 750 uS cm BLOTRDOOHI BLOTIDOOHI BLOT2DOOHO BLOT3D00HO BLOTADOOHO BLOTADOOHO conductivity 750 to 1250 uS cm 460 VAC3 BLOTRLOOHI BLOTIBOOHI BLOT2COOHO BLOT3COOHO BLOTACOOHO BLOTACOOHO conductivity 125 to 350 uS cm P BLOTRMCOHI BLOT1DOOHI BLOT2DOOHO BLOTSDOOHO BLOTADOOHO BLOTADOO0HO conductivity 550 to 1250 uS cm 575 VAC3 ni ow BLOT2CO0HO BLOT3COOHO BLOT4DOOHO BLOTADOOHO BLOTADOOHO 575 VAC3 M BERN BLOT2DOOHO BLOTSDOOHO BLOT4DOOHO BLOTADOOHO BLOT4DOOHO Openable cylinders 200 to 230 VAC 3 BLCTRAOOWI BLCTIAOOWI BLCT2A00WO BLCT3A00W0 BLCTABOOWO BLCTABOOWO conductivity 125 to 350 uS cm 200 to 230 VAC3 BLCTRBO
14. CW C H machine using refrigerated water with central cooling heating switching In heating mode the battery is supplied with hot water and the cooling valve is used for regulation Input ID7 performs the switching from heating to cooling and the exchange of the set point as follows ID7 24Vac Heating Set r9 ID7 0 Cooling Set 1 When the machine is in cooling mode the presence and the number of heating elements depends on parameter H6 in heating mode on the other hand the cooling actuators are considered absent and the heating elements inhibited Shelters direct expansion machine with 1 compressor 1 heating element optional H6 condensation control damper management for free cooling and no power alarm no humidifier control possible For the configuration of the inputs and outputs see Tab 1 p 6 Range 0to3 flag Def 0 H2 Number of machines in rotation H2 is setting at 0 in stand alone machine Enables the rotation function of a unit in stand by within a group of H2 units H2 1 no meaning The value of H2 in fact specifies the total number of units connected according to the diagram in par 4 4 on p 10 Only one unit is in stand by while the others are in operation Once the time H4 has elapsed the rotation of the unit in reserve occurs according to the progressive order of the addresses If one of the units in operation stops due to an alarm the machine in stand by 15 automatically re activated The ala
15. In particolare le condizioni di attivazione dell allarme sono e ED almeno un compressore acceso e resistenze spente o valvola caldo chiusa valvola freddo aperta pi del 50 e valvola caldo chiusa o resistenze spente CW Tale allarme quando rilevato provoca l ingresso in stato di blocco del solo compressore in quel momento acceso il secondo compressore rimane abilitato AH allarme umidificatore Allarme ritardato di 30 secondi Se viene rilevato viene disattivata Puscita umidificatore 0 10Vdc o a rel Lt allarme bassa temperatura Ht allarme alta temperatura Tali allarmi sono ritardati dall accensione del regolatore o dall uscita dallo stand by per un tempo pari al parametro PA e di 1 minuto dal superamento della soglia II ripristino avviene se programmato come automatico 1 grado al di sopra Lt e 1 grado al di sotto Ht della soglia stessa Inoltre il superamento della soglia di alta provoca l accensione immediata dei compressori senza rispettare le tempistiche relative ht preallarme alta temperatura Allarme configurabile tramite il parametro PG 1 Tali allarme ritardato dall accensione del regolatore o dall uscita dallo stand by per un tempo pari al parametro PA e di 1 minuto dal superamento della soglia ripristino avviene se programmato come automatico 1 grado al di sotto della soglia P7 2 LH HH allarme bassa alta umidit Allarmi ritardati dall accensione o dall uscita da
16. Rx Tx GND 2 jumper T B3 selection 01 Vdc HEU ooo ITT TITI PETERE Fig 5 3 6 Meaning of the inputs and the outputs The following table P 6 describes the meaning of the inputs and the outputs according to the type of machine selected CW Precision unit with cooling and heating batteries CW cool heat precision unit with one battery only which operates in heating or cooling direct expansion precision unit Shelter precision unit complete with condenser and without humidifier Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 Ingressi e uscite I O Inputs and outputs I O Ingressi digitali Connettore 2 Digital inputs Connector 2 CW ID1 On Off remoto HE 1 Remote ON OFF HE 1 ID2 Flussostato Flow controller Term vent 1 Fan1 thermal HA 6 7 Term vent 1 Fan1 thermal HA 6 7 Term vent 1 Fan1 thermal HA 6 7 ID3 Filtro sporco Filter dirty ID4 Sicur resis Heat element safety Sicur resis Heat element safety Sicur resis Heat element safety Allarme fuoco Fire alarm PE 1 Allarme fuoco Fire alarm PE 1 Allarme fuoco Fire alarm PE 1 Term vent 2 Fan2 thermal HA 6 7 Term vent 2 Fan2 thermal HA 6 7 Term vent 2 Fan2 thermal HA 6 7 ID5 All esterno ingresso per rotazione pi unit dipende da Pb H2 HA External alarm input for rotation of a series of units depends on Pb H2 HA ID6 Allarme
17. CONTACTOR MOTOR VENTILADOR PF PROTECTOR DE FASES TR TRANSFORMADOR CALENTADOR DE ALETAS IPMB INTERRUPTOR DE FLUJO DE AIRE ii SAT INTERRUPTOR ALTA TEMPERATURA 3 5Kw C U 7 0KW TOTAL PL PILOTO ROJO ADVERTENCIA 15 71Amp SSR INTERRUPTOR REMOTO LS ELECTRODOS M XIMO NIVEL NAS Cs ELECTRODOS DE MEDIR CONDUCTIVIDAD DVS SOLENOIDE V LVULA DRENAJE SVS SOLENOIDE V LVULA DE LLENADO ELECTRODOS 3 6 EN MODELO DE 3 FASES STH SENSOR TEMPERATURA Y HUMEDAD ARISTATA CR RELEVO ZP83KCE TF5 EMERSON 208 230V 3F 60HZ SAP SENSOR AGUA PISO Spa LP INTERRUPTOR BAJA PRESI N HP INTERRUPTOR ALTA PRESI N Y CG MT J LSS SOLENOIDE O BORNERA DE INTERCONEXION HUMIDIFICADOR CABLEADO OBRA DELIMITACION EQUIPO SBU 2 25KW TOAMP 230V 1F 60Hz NOTAS 1 SUMINISTRO E INSTALACION POR OTROS 2 CONTINUA EN PLANO 0828 30 08 RS RENCE 2 CONTINUA EN PLANO 0828 300 03 Dl a OSS UCCO8EVAX3 CONFORTFRESH _ 208 230V 3F 60Hz AIR CONDITIONING DESCRIPCION CUENTE RESO DIAGRAMA EL CTRICO ESCAIA SNBCALA SS OJ 11 11 2014 EDITADO PARA FABRICACION CENTRO DE COMPUTO 8 0 TR 08288 300 01 B EJ 0 510 1 V ba OTO1V Dalla 27 IPMB1 2 57 58 59 ON O O INTERRUPTOR PRESION AIRE s SF 1 ORT 51 SATI S
18. Environmental pollution Period of electrical stress across insulating parts Software class and structure Immunity against voltage surges Interfaces Installation Method of connection Max no of connector insertions removals 10 Technical specifications 24Vac 15 50 60Hz 200mA with internal 800mA T fuse slow blow 10VA Temperature probes 30t070 C Humidity probe 010100 r H 0 5 C probes 0 005 0 5 f s Oto1Vdc probe 0 02 1 f s 4to20mA probe 0 1 C 10T54 10 54 with 201080 non condensing 10T70 10t070 C with 0to80 r H non condensing B1 B2 B4 for 3 NTC CAREL temperature probes 10KQ at 25 1 Oto1Vdc 4to20mA input for humidity or pressure probe selected using rear pin strip V Probe power output 14Vdc 30mA max ID1 ID10 10 inputs not optically isolated from power supply potential GO powered at 24Vac current consumed by each input 6 5mA at 24Vac The alarms are active when the corresponding input is open not powered Input ID1 for Remote ON OFE switches on the machine when powered Input ID7 for Cooling heating enables heating operation when powered Y1 0to10Vac output not optically isolated from power supply potential GO maximum load 10mA 1KQ2 Y2 1 phase cut output for CAREL MCHRTF 0AO0 regulator impulsive at mains frequency configured by user parameters for pulse width modulation PWM or position with loadless voltage of 4 8V 10 on minimum
19. NOTAS 57 TODAS LAS DIMENSIONES ESTAN DADAS EN PULGADAS A MENOS QUE SE INDIQUE OTRA COSA DIMENSIONES SUJETAS A CAMBIO SIN PREVIO AVISO CALIBRE MATERIAL ACABADO PEPS APROBACIONES DIBUJ D CABARCAS REVIS HERIBERTO ASIS 22 10 2014 EDITADO PARA FABRICACION APOB FECHA REVISION 07 04 2014 REFERENCIA UCCOSEVAX3 R410A DESCARGA SUPERIOR 230V 3F 60Hz DESCRIPCION CENTRO DE COMPUTO CONDENSACION POR AIRE DIMENSIONES EXT Y HOJA DE DATOS CONFORTFRESH YO AIR CONDITIONING PEDIDO N CLIENTE ESCALA SIN ESCALA HOJA 1 PLANO N FORMATO 08288 100 01 UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOSEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 CONFORTFRESH WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 17 DIAGRAMAS ELECTRICOS Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 16 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com m x LES LL CONVENCIONES m E TN 208 230V 1F 60Hz CB BREAKER TERMOMAGNETICO 9 E sei a BP BORNERA DE POTENCIA E d MR CONTACTOR CALENTADOR MOTOR BLOWER 1 SS INTERRUPTOR dii FU FUSIBLE 208 230V 1PH 60Hz CAP CAPACITOR SFS INTERRUPTOR DE FILTRO SUCIO SF SENSOR FUEGO SBU UNIDAD GENERADORA DE VAPOR SH INTERRUPTOR DETECTOR DE HUMO MHU CONTACTOR HUMIDIFICADOR MB CONTACTOR BLOWER MV
20. _ ooo ON 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 time 1 flash 35 35 35 35 35 35 __ _ aan time ON 1 2 1 2 12 12 1 2 12 2 flashes 35 35 35 35 35 A OU 2 OFF 1 e d _aiI i _L TI x time ON l 2 8 9 1 5 9 1 5 9 9 flashes 35 35 OFF r TI i time Fig 13 i n Alarms red LED long flashes ALARM ON NONE OFF lt lt s lt s lt lt g s lt c gt s gt gt gt _ lt ON 1 1 1 1 1 1 Hime 1 flash 3 3 3 3 35 oo i time ON 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 flashes 35 35 3s IE Koch _ _ ____ 20 _ 2 2 2 0 0 T o time ON 121 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 9 flashes 35 OFF oo i a UNSEREM time Fig 14 27 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 Note 28 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 CAREL CAREL INDUSTRIES HQs Via dell Industria 11 35020 Brugine Padova Italy Tel 39 049 9716611 Fax 39 049 9716600 e mail carel carel com www carel com Agenzia Agency 050003765 rel 2 0 17 02 11 OEM END User manual Manual version 2 5 dated 02 02 11 LEGGI E CONSERVA QUESTE ISTRUZIONI 4 READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS pe NO POWER CABLES VA TOGETHER READ CAREFULLY IN THE TEXT Integrated Control Solutions amp Energy Savings LEGGI E CONSERVA We wis
21. time ON 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3s 3s 3s 3s 3s OFF lt gt l sE y ooo gt time ON 1 5 9 1 5 9 1 5 9 3s 3s 1s time Fig 11 Steam production yellow LED Steady production long flashes PRODUCTION on lt 1 OF F gt gt gt gt 2 5 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 5 gt 5 gt 5 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 5 ON 1 1 1 1 1 1 time 1 19 35 35 35 35 35 ee time ON Po 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 20 29 35 35 35 ee i time ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 90 99 35 OFF I I n y E 100 i i r 47 wm A AA l ea a a y PERLA ALINA time Fig 12 The yellow LED is off when there is no steam production while at 100 of rated production it remains on steady During temporary production until steady production is reached the yellow LED flashes at 2 Hz as shown in diagram 1 Once steady production has been reached the yellow LED flashes at 0 5 Hz as shown in diagram 2 Each set of impulses is separated from the next by a 3 second pause to allow the user to count the number of impulses in each set this shows the instant steam production 26 050003765 rel 2 0 17 02 11 Alarms red LED short flashes ALARM ON NONE _ _ _ _ ___ __ c __
22. 0 20 mA 4 20mA 0 1V N B Tale programmazione deve essere accompagnata anche dall impostazione del ponticello B3 selection vedi Fig 5 La relativa funzione deve essere selezionata tramite il parametro Hd 0 sonda assente 12 0 1 V o 0 20 mA 2 4 20 mA Range 0 2 flags Def 0 3 Presenza sonda aria mandata B4 Imposta la presenza della sonda NTC B4 0 sonda assente 1 sonda NTC CAREL abilita anche l allarme relativo alla funzione raffreddamento vedi parametro Pd Range 0 1 flag Def 0 r 4 Valore minimo misurato dall ingresso B3 a 0 mA 4 mA o 0 Vdc Tale parametro consente di configurare il valore minimo della sonda B3 Range 0 5 rH bar Def 0 5 Valore massimo misurato dall ingresso B3 a 20 mA o 1 Vdc Tale parametro consente di configurare il valore max della sonda B3 Range 4 100 rH bar Def 100 r 6 Calibrazione ingresso B1 Consente di correggere il valore misurato da B1 Range 6 0 6 0 C 10 8 10 8 F Def 0 0 r 1 Calibrazione ingresso B2 Consente di correggere il valore misurato da B2 Range 6 0 6 0 C 10 8 10 8 F Def 0 0 8 Calibrazione ingresso B3 Consente di correggere il valore misurato da B3 Range 10 0 10 0 rH bar Def 0 0 179 Calibrazione ingresso B4 Consente di correggere il valore misurato da B4 Range 6 0 6 0 C 10 8 10 8 F Def 0 0 A Filtro digitale Consente di stabilire il coefficiente usato nel f
23. 00 A RATE fig 4 A type KUESR 1 5 1 13 200 5 6 CP2R1C 1 1 20 a 1 5 10A gG 1 5 115 208 1 5 4 CP2R1U CP4R1U 1 20 15 10A gG 1 5 1 13 230 1 4 9 CP2R1D CP4R1D 2 20 d 15 10A gG KUESR 5 0 2 25 200 1 5 2 5 CP4R3C 2 60 d 25 16A gG 3 0 225 208 1 108 CP2R3U CP4R3U 2 60 d 2 5 16A gG 3 0 2 25 230 1 98 CP2R3D CP4R3D 1 20 2 5 16A g6 KUES1 1 5 113 200 1 5 6 CP201C CP401C 1 20 1 5 10A gG 1 5 115 208 1 5 4 CP201U 4010 1 20 1 5 10A gG 15 115 250 1 4 9 CP201D CP401D 2 20 d 1 5 10A gG KUES1 3 0 225 200 1 11 3 205 CP403C 2 60 d 25 16A gG 3 0 225 1208 1 10 8 CP203U CP403U 2 60 d 2 5 16A gG 3 0 2 25 250 1 9 8 CP203D CP403D 1 20 d 25 16A gG 4 050003765 rel 2 0 17 02 11 OEM code kg h Inom CP board Turns TAM TAM Cable9 Ext fuses 00 A RATE fig 4 a A type KUETI 3 0 2 25 200 5 6 5 CP403J 1 20 2 5 16A gG 24 2 05 208 5 6 2 CP403W 20 2 5 16A gG 3 0 225 1230 3 56 CP403K I 20 a 25 16A gG 3 0 225 400 3 132 CP403L 2 20 d 15 10A gG 3 0 2 5 460 5 2 8 CP403M 2 20 d 1 5 10A Gg KUES2 5 0 3 15 200 1 188 CP405C 1 40 6 0 32A Gg 5 0 575 1208 l 180 CP405U 40 6 0 32A Gg 5 0 3
24. 2 3 0 Tank fill hose 7 Fill solenoid valve 24 Vac KITVCOOO rif Tab 6 d as 2 ci 7 bis Fill solenoid valve 230 Vac KITVCO20 rif Tab 6 d Fill Drain group 13C499A030 9 Gasket 90 drain connector KITRACCOOO Straight drain connector supplied 12 12 Drain solenoid valve 24 Vac 13C499A030 Drain solenoid valve 230 Vac 13C499A044 for the complete codes see Table 5 4 1 1 and 5 4 3 1 SPARE PARTS Tab 6 a e Fill solenoid valve Fig part no 7 5 After having disconnected the cables and the pipe remove the solenoid valve and check the condition of the inlet filter clean if necessary using water and a soft brush e Supply and drain manifold part no 8 2 Check that there are no solid residues in the cylinder attachment remove any impurities Check that the seal O ring not is damaged or cracked if necessary replace it e Drain solenoid valve drain pump Fig 6 a part no 12 4 Disconnect the power supply remove the coil unscrew the fastening screws and remove the valve body remove any impurities and rinse e Supply tank conductivity meter Fig 6 a part no 3 6 Check that there are no obstructions or solid particles and that the electrodes for measuring the conductivity are clean remove any Impurities and rinse e Supply fill overflow pipes 6 a part no 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 Check that these ar
25. 29 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 6 4 F parametri per la gestione delle ventole F1 Modalit funzionamento ventola Tale parametro va posto a 0 durante la fase di taratura dei limiti F2 e F3 0 sempre On 1 regolazione velocit in proporzionale con velocit minima 2 regolazione velocit in proporzionale con Cut Off valori 1 o 2 indicano funzionamento in modo proporzionale del ventilatore di mandata con Hb 0 se invece il taglio di fase viene utilizzato per il ventilatore di condensazione con Hb 1 o 2 si ha il funzionamento descritto nei diagrammi a fine paragrafo L attivazione del ventilatore avviene solo con almeno uno dei compressori acceso Nel caso di rottura della sonda B3 di condensazione il ventilatore viene forzato alla massima velocit F8 se la temperatura esterna B2 maggiore di 15 C invece se la temperatura inferiore a 15 C il ventilatore gira ad una velocit media compresa tra i valori F7 e F8 Range 0 2 flags Def 1 F2 Soglia tensione minima per triac F3 Soglia tensione massima per triac Nel caso di regolazione proporzionale della velocit del ventilatore richiesta l installazione della scheda di potenza MCHRTF 0AO In tal caso necesario impostare i parametri F2 e F3 vedi par 9 2 Calcolo velocit minima e massima per ottenere in uscita rispettivamente la tensione minima e massima accettate dal motore utilizzato valori impostati non corrispondo
26. COMPONENTE OPCIONAL NO INCLUIDO HAT HA METIA EVEN DIBUJ CARLOS MEJIA DESCRIPCION REVIS CARLOS MEJIA 6 A BREAKER IXA 3X220VAC THHN CPV RE13096XB3 3 X THHN UCCO8EVAX3 2 208 230 3 60 VOLTAJE 208 230 3 60 151 425 E 6 X TFF UCCO8EVAX3 EE AIRE ACONDICIONADO DE PRECISI N REMOTO XX UNIFILAR lt CONFORTFRESH m 208 230V 3F 60Hz ON AIR CONDITIONING DIAGRAMA ELECTRICO UNIFLAR ESCALA SINESCALA dv po AIRE ACONDICIONADO DE PRECISION PSE 0828 300 04 amp amp UNIDAD DE PRECISION y UCCOSEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 a WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 18 MANUAL DEL CONTROLADOR Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 17 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com HAC Controllore per armadi di condizionamento Electronic control for air conditioning units A LEGGI E CONSERVA QUESTE ISTRUZIONI gt lt READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Manuale d uso User manual CAREL Technology amp Evolution Indice 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 5 5 1 5 2 6 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 Caratteristiche generali Descrizione generale Interfaccia utente II display Le indicazioni di funzionamento La tastiera Installazione Avvertenze Protezione contro le scosse elettriche Istruzioni per il montaggio Procedura di primo avviamento La
27. DIP B3 automatic drain when the production demand decreases by at least 25 1 2 3 4 ON thenew reduced demand for production is reached by evaporation ON OFF default OFF 1 the new production demand is reached by evaporation when this decreases by less than 25 compared to the previous value e g from 74 to 54 2 at least one automatic drain cycle is performed when the demand decreases by at least 25 e g from 74 to 44 Dip B4 enable disable the cylinder pre depletion and complete depletion warning The conditions representing the pre depletion and complete depletion of the cylinder are evaluated by the CP by estimating the amount of lime scale accumulated inside the cylinder In some cases this estimate Is not precise and therefore the two warnings can be enabled disabled as follows DIP B4 cylinder pre depletion 2 long flashes and depletion alarms 11 long flashes 1 2 3 4 ON thealarmsare never displayed ON XXe OFF default the alarms are displayed when the cylinder is in the depletion phase OFF Manual calibration of the drain to dilute cycles The drain to dilute cycles are performed automatically so as to manage the concentration of mineral salts contained in the cylinder internal concentration a if the internal concentration is too high phenomena will arise such as foam corrosion of the electrodes and electric discharges between the electrodes through the water b the internal concentration is
28. POWER SUPPLY Firmers lr dre esems AX 5j External 1 ep fun Alrentazone 24 Viae Power Supply 24Vac _FS TIA ON Rete di alae dr fa GND E Alarm relay Ioh sic og Manual dramage S E Al Gi ty fale Ebtv di scanio El 7 _ Grain sotencid valve a be Elbitravalvala di canco Il value Brg El s S alo livello Regoldora Erlemal regulate E ori Tu EL ON OFF ramon a encore ON OF E 4 AWCH A TA RATO STEAM BOILER UNIT OP TONAL 230 Vac Relays not supplied by Carel 250 Vac 5 2 A Only for KUE 2 with 230 Vac valves otherwise direct G connection from CP o KUE win 28 ao pu material not supplied by CAREL da refer manual 050003765 CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 ZI 45 Three phase wiring diagram EXTERNAL TAM with contactor CP3 Bilroch immer i Immersed electrodes TAM esterna SA Extemal Fi i di allama Alam relay Limidostalo maa Fiol ador ax fern Extemal regulador ON OFF remota Remote ON OFF T 1 1 OPTIONAL Do 230 Vac Only for KUE 4 2 with Relays not 230Vac valve otherwise supplied b
29. Probes BI B3 if present 1 Temperature and humidity set points if present 2 Day andtime if clock present Range 0102 flags Def 0 Ho Supervisory network serial address Sets the address of the device in the RS485 supervisory network Range 1t0200 Def 1 HP Supervisory network serial baudrate Sets the line speed in the RS485 supervisory network 1 1200 Baud 2 2400 Baud 3 4800 Baud 4 9600 Baud 5 19200 Baud Range 1105 flags Def 5 Hr Software version Displays the software version of the uAC in the format n nn Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 7 Orologio fasce orarie e storico allarmi Funzioni abilitate solo con scheda orologio MAC2CLK000 installata 7 1 Orologio Visualizzazione ora Premendo il tasto viene visualizzata l ora e la data corrente Una prima pressione visualizza sul display l ora e il giorno della settimana 1 luned 2 marted 7 domenica una pressione successiva mostra la data nel formato giorno mese anno Impostazione ora Premere prima il tasto t e non rilasciarlo poi il tasto Prg e mantenerli premuti entrambi per 5 s E IS 8 Se on off alarm Y Mi l indicazione dei minuti inizia a lampeggiare e con i tasti 1 5 Si imposta l ora desiderata Con il tasto Sel invece si selezionano in sequenza i campi ore giorno della settimana anno mese giorno del mese Al termine la pressione del tasto Prg confer
30. Replace the conductivity meter fill tank 3 Replace the CP board 4 Replace the controller Periodical wash active This is neither an alarm nor a warning it is simply a signal that the periodical wash cycle is running 18 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 7 short 8 short 2 long 3 long Maintenance time 16 Maintenance time r Replace clean the cylinder expired expired then set the hour counter to This is displayed when zero via RS485 hour counter gt bb default 2000 hours Life timer expired This 17 Life timer expired s Replace clean the cylinder 5 displayed when the then set the hour counter to hour counter gt 1 5xbb zero with RS485 default 1 5x2000 3000 hours Cylinder depleted 18 The cylinder is full of It Replace the cylinder The alarm is displayed flakes when the cylinder is almost depleted and production cannot satisfy demand within 3 hours from when the cylinder almost depleted warning is displayed Note the Cylinder almost de pleted and Cylinder depleted warnings can be disabled by setting dipswitch B4 ON No supply water the 19 Low supply pressure u The water supply pressure humidifier tries to add no supply water must be between 0 1 and 0 8 water but the level MPa 1 8 bar inside the cylinder does not increase to at the expected speed The level of water 15 estimated by the TAM electrical circuit 19 Warning Di
31. and N 115VAC model L L1 115VAC G Ground N Neutral 230VAC model L L1 115VAC G Ground N L2 115VAC 460VAC model L L1 277VAC G Ground N LC 277VAC Neutral 115VAC Line 2 277VAC Line 2 Ground Ground Ground 115VAC Line 1 115VAC Line 1 277VAC Line 1 115VAC Motor 230VAC 460VAC Motor Motor 2010 Genteq 12 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 The high voltage is connected to the motor at all times This power is what operates the internal electronics and drives the motor However this power will not operate the motor by itself the motor requires a low voltage communication input to operate The low voltage communication to the motor is delivered to taps 1 5 and the C terminal from the HVAC OEM control board or control relay The X13 motor has the capability of accepting a communication signal of 9 23VDC as well as 24VAC on these taps 24VAC is most commonly used Instead of energizing a motor speed winding on a PSC motor for each demand heat cool constant fan the communication voltage directs the motor to operate at the torque value stored in the tap it is connected to The HVAC OEM will show which taps are to be selected for each demand similar to selecting the speeds on a PSC motor High Voltage Connections 3 16 24VAC Common Voltage Control Inputs During each demand the X13 motor will maintain the selected torque during changes in the systems external st
32. auto man man auto auto man man man auto man auto auto man man man man auto man man man auto man auto auto auto man auto auto auto man auto auto auto man auto auto auto man auto auto auto man auto auto auto man man auto auto man man auto auto man man auto auto man man auto Pb Pb Pb Pb auto man man auto auto auto auto auto man man man man Tab 3 Manuale cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 P6 Delta dal set effettivo per allarme bassa temperatura P7 Delta dal set effettivo per allarme alta temperatura Permettono di impostare la soglia di allarme di bassa Lt e di alta Ht temperatura ambiente Tale valore viene specificato come differenziale rispetto al set effettivo a valle della eventuale operazione di compensazione vedi parametri 1 rG rH Hc Questi allarmi nel caso di reset automatico hanno un isteresi di 1 grado e sono generati solo con macchina attiva Range P6 P7 0 50 C 0 90 F Def P6 P7 10 P8 Delta dal set per allarme bassa umidit P9 Delta dal set per allarme alta umidit Permettono di impostare la soglia di allarme di bassa LH e alta HH umidit ambiente Tale valore viene specificato come differenziale rispetto al set Questi allarmi nel caso di reset automatico hanno un isteresi dell 1 e sono generati solo con macchina attiva e se presente l umidificatore per allarme di bassa umidit Range P8 P9 0 50 rH Def P8 P9 20 PA Ritardo allarme alta bassa temperatu
33. non viene premuto il tasto Alarm Se dopo la tacitazione del buzzer manuale o automatica a tempo si presenta un nuovo allarme il buzzer viene riattivato Range 0 15 min Def 0 P5 Reset allarmi Permette di selezionare varie configurazioni di reset manuale o automatico degli allarmi vedi Tab 3 Range 1 5 flag Def 1 Cod Descrizione Description P5 El sonda B1 probe B1 auto E2 sonda B2 probe B2 auto E3 sonda B3 probe B3 auto E4 sonda B4 probe B4 auto EE eeprom run EEPROM run man EL rete insuff in scrittura eeprom man insuff power on EEPROM write H1 alta pressione C1 high pressure C1 man H2 alta pressione C2 high pressure C2 man L1 bassa pressione C1 low pressure C1 man L2 bassa pressione C2 low pressure C2 man F1 filtro sporco filter dirty man FL flusso flow man CF flusso acqua water flow man r1 resistenze heating elements man At temp mandata supply temp man AH umidificatore humidifier man Lt bassa temperatura low temperature man ht preallarme alta temp high temperature prealarm man Ht alta temperatura high temperature man LH bassa umidit low humidity man HH alta umidit high humidity man tC termico comp comp thermal man tF termico fan fan thermal man ti termico fan 1 fan 1 thermal man t2 termico fan 2 fan 2 thermal man AL generic grave serious generic Pb FA fumo fuoco smoke fire man pA mancanza rete shelter power fail shelters auto CL orologio
34. queda habilitado o deshabilitado el desag e de la unidad La capacidad de producci n de vapor instant neo del humidificador puede ser verificada por una opci n directa en el men del control Adem s se podr supervisar algunos valores caracter sticos como la conductibilidad la corriente consumida por fase y los diferentes modos de operaci n de la unidad Para informaci n adicional ver el manual del humidificador suministrado con el equipo FIGURA No 3 CICLO DE HUMIDIFICACION HUMIDIFICADOR 11 o Reto a Condensado N Tuberia de vapor Distribuidor de vapor Electrodos Cilindro all Recipiente interno de llenado Desaque de Rebosamiento V lvula de 5 Llenado A Valvula de Drenaje Drenaje Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 11 de 19 info confortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 11 5 RECALENTAMIENTO Cuando el control detecta que la humedad del cuarto est por debajo del punto seleccionado el arranca un compresor para extraer humedad del aire del cuarto Sin embargo durante este proceso la temperatura del cuarto podr a empezar a bajar por debajo del punto seleccionado para esta variable debido a la falta de una carga de calor normal esto se compensa prendiendo una o las dos fases del recalentamiento de la unidad 12 AJUSTE DE CONTROLES Durante la prueba de f brica los contr
35. superiore al valore minimo impostato tramite il parametro F2 vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Range 0 F8 Def 10 F8 Valore di massima uscita Consente di specificare un valore di velocit inferiore al valore massimo impostato tramite il parametro F3 vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Range F7 100 Def 100 24 6 4 F fan management parameters F1 Fan operating mode This parameter must be set to 0 during the setting of limits F2 and 0 always ON 1 proportional speed regulation with minimum speed 2 proportional speed regulation with cut off The values 1 or 2 indicate operation of the supply fan in proportional mode with Hb 0 on the other hand phase cut is used for the condensation fan with Hb 1 or 2 operation is that described in the diagrams at the end of the paragraph The fan is only activated when at least one of the compressors is on In the case of condensation probe B3 malfunction the fan is forced on at maximum speed F8 if the external temperature B2 is greater than 15 C on the other hana if the temperature is lower than 15 C the fan operates at an average of the values F7 and F8 Range 0102 flags Def 1 F2 Minimum triac voltage threshold F3 Maximum triac voltage threshold In the case of proportional fan speed regulation installation of the power board MCHRTF 0A0 is required In this case parameters F2 and F3 see par 9 2 Calculating minimum and maximum speed
36. 0 ECM 2 3 2 5 5 5 connection connection 4 pin 16 pin connection connection During each demand the motor control also monitors the actual speed in revolutions per minute RPM of the motor There is only one combination of torque and speed that will create the proper amount of CFM demanded at a specific total external static pressure ESP of the system lf the speed torque relationship is incorrect for the required airflow the motor control can increase or decrease the torque current to the motor This will in turn increase or decrease the speed of the motor to maintain airflow By constantly monitoring the actual speed of the motor and maintaining the torque speed relationship programmed by the HVAC the motor control is able to maintain the airflow selection per demand if ESP changes Three very important points must be understood about this ability of the motor 1 The motor will use more energy to maintain airflow when ESP is higher than the HVAC OEM recommended and the air noise of the system may be increased 2 The motor will use less energy to maintain airflow when ESP is equal to or less than the HVAC OEM recommendation and the air noise of the system will be decreased 3 The motor has a programmed limit of operation to protect itself from damage due to the energy current it must use to maintain airflow at high external static pressures See the HVAC OEM literature for their recommended maximum total
37. 100 ON 3 4 25 of rated production if PO 100 ON OFF IMPORTANT CP calculates the maximum production as the product of PO and the value represented by the configura tion of dipswitches A3 A4 In any case the maximum production can never be less than 20 of the rated value Examples 80 and A3 A4 75 the maximum resulting production is equal to 80 x 75 0 8 x 0 75 0 6 60 of rated production 30 and A3 A4 20 the maximum resulting production is equal to 30 x 20 0 3 x 0 2 0 06 limited to 20 of rated production never less than 20 The maximum production used by CP can be read on integer variable 91 in the format 44 e g 800 80 0 1 Note that if PO is not modified from the default value 100 the maximum production is determined solely by the setting of dipswitches A3 A4 Dip A5 A6 complete drain due to inactivity starting from SW rel 1 7 The CP board empties the cylinder to avoid entraining stagnant water if the humidifier remains inactive that is on but without producing steam for a settable period There are two ways to set the maximum duration of the period of inactivity 10 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 1 Using dipswitches A5 A6 DIP A5 6 complete drain due to inactivity from SW rel 1 7 5 6 The complete drain is performed after a period of inactivity equal to the number on elo of days saved for parameter bF default 3
38. 29 30 31 33 33 33 34 35 35 36 38 39 39 40 40 42 43 43 44 45 45 45 1 Caratteristiche generali 1 1 Descrizione generale HAC un controllo elettronico per la completa gestione dei condizionatori di precisione sia nelle versioni ad espansione diretta con 1 o 2 compressori con 1 o 2 resistenze o con batterie valvola sulla batteria calda e o valvola sulla batteria fredda Consente anche di gestire un umidificatore con controllo di tipo CDA o Humicontrol e la deumidificazione con varie configurazioni preimpostabili Inoltre pu essere impiegato anche negli armadi per Shelters con la gestione del ventilatore del condensatore Funzioni principali e Controllo sulla temperatura e umidit dell aria di ripresa e Risparmio energetico con free cooling Shelters o compensazione e Gestione della deumidifica e Controllo della velocit del ventilatore di mandata e Completa gestione degli allarmi con lo storico Rotazione di pi unit e Fasce orarie Collegabile a linea seriale per supervisione teleassistenza Dispositivi controllati e 102 compressori o valvola per batteria di raffreddamento e 102resistenze o valvola per batteria di riscaldamento Ventilatore di mandata in ON OFF o proporzionale Umidificatore con uscita proporzionale o ON OFF Deumidifica con uscita ON OFF Dispositivo d allarme Opzioni e Scheda seriale RS485 e Scheda orologio con memoria per lo storico d
39. D DDD TA rb CF 01 18 0 Set minimo temperatura anche per compensazione UF UU 20 rb C 01 0 Minimum temperature set point also for compensation 4 F b Set massimo temperatura anche per compensazione UFUU A 60 C 0 1 50 Maximum temperature set point also for compensation 140 F c Set minimo umidita Minimum humidity set point UE U MM 0 rd 1 0 12 0 d Set massimo umidita Maximum humidity set point UE U rc 100 1 100 2 0 E Tipo di regolazione temperatura Type of temperature regulation UB UB 1 flag 1 0 0 1 PH F Tempo integrazione per azione PI Integration time for PI action UF U U 10 3600 s 1 600 rEx0 G Autorit unica per Estate inverno vale per la compensazione UF UU 20 20 05120 Authority unique for Cooling heating for compensation Set Point di compensazione sulla temp letta da B2 estate UF UU 20 60 C 01 250 1 0 Set Point compensation on temp read by B2 cooling 4 140 F i Set Point di compensazione sulla temp letta da B2 inverno UF UU 20 6 C 0 1 10 0 1 0 Set Point compensation on temp read by B2 heating 4 140 F L Differenziale free cooling UB U 0 3 C 1 9 20 Free cooling differential 0 54 n Limite inferiore temperatura mandata UF UU 20 30 C 1 5 BB Supply temperature lower limit 4 86 F o Lettura sonda B2 Reading from probe B2 D DD D CPF 1 0 P Lettura sonda Reading from probe B3 D DD D rH bar 20 r Lettura sonda B4 Reading from probe B4
40. ESP If the system exceeds this recommendation airflow may not be maintained however the motor will still try to deliver as much air as possible without causing damage to itself 2010 Genteg M 4 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Application Variable speed motors are typically found in two stage multi stage and modulating high end furnaces 80 90 AFUE air handlers package systems and also in geothermal systems Benefits Constant airflow is the ability of the variable speed motor to maintain it s programmed and field selected airflow per demand when ESP is higher than recommended and or changes during system operation ESP the resistance to the movement of air is increased when ductwork is undersized poorly constructed and or full or dirt or debris ESP can increase during system operation when dirt builds up on the air distribution systems components especially the filter and when customers close or block grilles and registers The variable speed motor is programmed to maintain airflow during all of these situations within the limits of the HVAC OEM programming and motor design On PSC induction motor systems airflow will decrease when ESP increases When set up correctly the benefits of the variable speed motor system include Energy savings Improved outlet air temperature for each system demand Improved humidity control Improved system capacity Reduced space temperature swings Reduced air noise with soft
41. Evi _ J Elettrovalvola di carico Fill solengid valve E dg aa T High level sensor alfo livello 2 77 Sensore conducibilit Conductivity sensor ela DIP SWITCH B B A ON OFF remoto Remote ON OFF 9 vw STEAM BOILER UNIT I 11 LL pe 230 Vac Relays not supplied by Carel 250 Vac 5 2 A Only for KUE 2 with 230 Vac valves otherwise direct G connection from CP to KUE with 24 Vac EV2 valves DRAIN Fig 4 h material not supplied by refer manual 050003765 CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 25 OEM 49 Three phase wiring diagram EXTERNAL TAM with contactor for KUE 4 Elettrodi immersi Immersed electrodes esterna MAX 5A External TAM 11 11 Alimentazione 24 Vac Power Supply 24Vac d 19 ele 11 o Drenaggio manuale Manual drainage e z o Rel di allarme Alarm relay I L L __ Elettrovalvola di scarico Drain sol no valve f Elettrovalvola di carico Fill solenvio valve 2 z else elle Umidostato oa Humidistat A e Sensore alto livello High level sensor Regolatore ester
42. H5 Fan thermal H5 Temp ripresa Inlet temp Temp aria esterna per compensazione 1 Hc Controllo condens 1 Hc HB External air temp for compensation 1 Hc Condens control 1 Hc HB Umidit ambiente 2 Hd Ambient humidity 2 Hd Temp mandata 3 1 Supply temp 3 1 Comp 1 H5 Comp 1 H5 Comp 2 H5 Comp 2 H5 Resistenza 1 H6 Heating element 1 H6 Resistenza 2 H6 Heating element 2 H6 Vent mandata 1 Supply fan 1 Allarme HF Alarm HF Deumidifica umidifica HA Dehumid humid HA Allarme HA Alarm HA Rotazione H2 Rotation H2 Vent di mandata 2 HA 6 7 Supply fan 2 HA 6 7 Controllo umidificatore 2 H8 Humidifier control 2 H8 Ventilatore mandata condens Supply condens fan 1 2 Hb Hc Shelters On Off remoto HE 1 Remote ON OFF HE 1 Flussostato Flow controller Term vent 1 Fan thermal HA 6 7 Filtro sporco Filter dirty Sicur resis Heat element safety Allarme fuoco Fire alarm PE 1 Term vent 2 Fan2 thermal HA 6 7 All esterno ingresso per rotazione pi unit dipende da Pb H2 HA External alarm input for rotation of a series of units depends on Pb H2 HA Allarme mancanza rete No power alarm Alta press C1 High press C1 Bassa press C1 Low press C1 Termico comp Comp thermal Termico ventilatore Fan thermal Temp ripresa Inlet temp Temp aria esterna per free cooling 1 Hc External air
43. If this voltage is missing fix the problem in the system and try to run the motor If the voltage is within 10 of these ratings then move on to the next step If the voltage is above or below the 10 of these ratings fix the voltage problem first and try to run the motor Proper grounding should always be checked and repaired if needed 115vac Line 1 277vac Neutral Line 1 Ground 120vac Line 1 Ground 115vac Line 2 Ground 277vac Line 2 115vac Motor 230vac Motor 460vac Motor 2010 Genteq 17 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Checking the low voltage communication input The following information must be known before troubleshooting the low voltage communication to this motor Which tap s have been programmed and what are their purposes heating alrflow cooling airflow constant fan airflow Where on the manufacturer s controls or circuit board the low voltage communication comes from by demand The sequence of operation of the manufacturer s controls or circuit board when the low voltage communication is sent to the motor from each thermostat demand and if there are any delays If no low voltage communication typically 24vac is measured at the motor on taps 1 5 check the HVAC system wiring controls and demand call Always check low voltage between terminals 1 5 and C at the motor never ground Once the problem is corrected confirm that the l
44. Male 3 4 G Male 3 4 G Male Min ID of the sill pipe orhoe 6 6 To simplify installation it is recommended to use the CAREL hose with an inside diameter of 6 mm and an outside diameter of 8 mm code 1312350APN and the revolving 34G connection either straight code 9995727ACA or 90 code 9995728ACA available upon request A shut off tap and a mechanical filter should be installed to trap any solid impurities The drain water is connected using a section of rubber or plastic hose resistant to 100 C with a recommended inside diameter of 32 mm or 40 mm for the 25 to 45kg h models compliant with DIN 19535 UNI 8451 8452 The drain connector is suitable for heat sealing with polypropylene drain pipes IMPORTANT WARNING the drain hose must be free without backpressure and with a drain trap immediately downstream of the connection to the humidifier 2 5 Checks The following conditions represent correct water connection installation of a shut off tap in the supply water line presence of a mechanical filter in the supply water line water temperature and pressure within the allowed values drain hose resistant to temperatures of 100 C minimum inside diameter of the drain hose of 25 mm or 36 mm for the 25 to 45kg h models minimum slope of the drain hose greater than or equal to 5 electrically non conductive sleeve presence of a drain trap in the drain hose IMPORTANT WARNING when installation is completed fl
45. PICCO scarico di 10s riavvio AUTOMATICO Amps 1 st PEAK 10s drain AUTOMATIC restart 2 PICCO scarico di 30s 2 brevi lampeggi rossi BLOCCO 2 2nd 30s drain 2 short red flahes STOP nom 1 7x VAL MAX scarico di 55 max 5 scarichi all interno dello stesso ciclo di i nom Perra evaporazione gt RIAVVIO AUTOMATICO altrimenti 2 BREVI LAMPEGGI ROSSI amp BLOCCO 1 5X MAX VAL 55 DRAIN max 5 drains in the same evaporation cycle gt nom AUTOMATIC RESTART otherwise 2 SHORT RED FLASHES amp STOP 1 3x nom Tempo della chiusura del contattore 0 0 5 s 205 605 Time from when contactor closes Fig 9 Current limits for the electrodes with 8 without current peaks in the first 20s after the contactor closes 3 Param b2 gt 0 Amps PICCO SCARICO di 5s max 5 scarichi all interno dello stesso ciclo di evaporazione gt RIAVVIO AUTOMATICO altrimenti a EH amp BLOCCO PEAK 5s DRAIN max 5 drains in the same evaporation cycle gt AUTOMATIC RESTART otherwise EH amp STOP 1 3x I Tempo della chiusura del contattore 0 Time from when contactor closes Fig 10 24 40500035765 rel 2 0 1702 11 SUPPLY WATER LIMIT VALUES limit values for normal supply water Limits pH pH 7 8 5 Specific conductivity 20 C o 20 C uS cm 300 1250 Total hardness TH mg l 100 2 400 CaCO3 Temporary hardn
46. Pres Nuovo Def Pres New 0 0 1 2 0 0 H2x0 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 le T GD O Generali Tipo Type Min Max UM Var Def Pres Nuovo General HL 0 1 2 3 Min Max U o M Var Def Pres New Tempo di escursione valvola 3P o serranda 600 5 1 150 3P valve or damper excursion time Presenza umidificatore Presence of humidifier F 1 flag 1 1250 Tipo di deumidificazione Type of dehumidification FEM F 9 flags 1 0 12 0 0 accensione comp 1 comp 1 ON 1 accensione comp 2 comp 2 ON 2 accensione due comp two comp ON 3 parzializzazione rampa fredda capacity controlled cooling ramp 4 riduzione velocit vent fan speed reduction 5 azione 4 0 action 4 0 6 azione 4 1 action 4 1 7 azione 4 2 action 4 2 8 azione 4 3 action 4 3 9 nessuna azione no action Funzione del rel di deumidificazione umidificazione FEM F flags 1 Function of the dehumidification humidification relay 0 eccitato in deumidificazione energised in dehumidification 1 diseccitato in deumidificazione de energised in dehumidification 2 rel per allarmi non gravi segue logica parametro HF 2 relay for non serious alarms follows logic of parameter HF 3 uscita per controllo rotazione output for rotation control 4 eccitato in umidificazione energised in humidification 5 diseccitato in umidificazione de energised in humidification 6 selezione a 2 vent
47. Q 5 W o di 470 Q 4 W cod CAREL 5729656AXX 3 assicurarsi che i GO dei trasformatori non siano posti a terra per non avere indesiderate correnti nel GO stesso Per il funzionamento bisogna impostare i parametri H2 H3 H4 HA vedi tabella parametri e successive descrizioni degli stessi cr 0 GO 184 B2 B3 102 1104 ID6 108 1010 G B1 cND V 101 103 105 107 109 5 Y www 10 4 4 Connecting a series of units This configuration is possible both for direct expansion ED and battery CW machines as well as Shelter models This allows the timed rotation of a unit in stand by within a group of maximum 6 units If one of the machines in operation goes into an alarm condition the unit in stand by is activated This is done using a digital input and output which via the master unit 1 sends the command to activate and deactivate the unit in stand by the command is updated every 10 minutes 6 Line a 0 Line GO 184 B2 B3 102 ID4 106 ID8 1010 G 1 V 101 ID3 ID5 107 ID9 No7 C7 GO 1105 Y aww Rt N i Fig 12 The diagram shows how all the electrical panels can be the same and only during installation does connection have to be made as in Figure 12 using a three pole cable between one precision unit and the next During installation the following three points must be kept in mind 1 one and only one machine mu
48. Tensione di alimentazione insufficiente Tens alim lt 13 Veff durante la scrittura dei valori di default o durante il tentativo automatico di ripristinare un blocco di EEPROM danneggiato tF fan thermal overload alarm Immediate alarm causes the instant switching off of all devices without respecting the compressor delay times This is managed only if parameter H5 1 or 5 one compressor only or two compressors in tandem t1 12 fan 1 2 thermal This alarm can be configured using the HA 6 or 7 parameter Immediate alarm it causes the instantaneous shutdown of the connected output e t1 1 102 supply fan 12 2 102 supply fan If both of them are ON the flow alarm is forced too turning OFF all the outputs see description FL AL generic external alarm This alarm can be configured by setting parameters Pb and PC If configured as a serious alarm it switches off all actuators without respecting the delay times PA shelter power failure alarm External power failure alarm delayed by 2 seconds This is generated for models configured as shelters when input ID6 is open it causes the immediate switching off of the compressor and the heating element and allows the opening of the damper It is a priority alarm in respect of the inhibition due to a dehumidification request CL clock failure alarm Alarm generated by the malfunctioning of the clock board Interrupts the time band function and the regulator goes into ON
49. UNIT ER Dv 230 Vac mo Rel t idum suppied by Care otherwise drsd 250 Vac 5 2 A material not supplied by CAREL connection from CP OKUE with 24 Vac puo refer manual 050003765 valves DRAIN CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 23 OEM 4 7 Three phase wiring diagram KUE with frame INTERNAL TAM with contactor CP4 Umidostato Humidistat Regolatore esterno gt External regulator po m E ec m m m ii ii ii w m de 411213 n m O HI n E w m CZ gt Key Q pu m ZE us 926 mL En i J gt Elettrodi immersi Immersed electrodes MAX 5A x Alimentazione 24 Vac Power Supply 24Vac F3 T1A Rell di allarme Alarm relay _ Drenaggio manuale 2 Manual drainage lettrovalvola di scarico Drain solenoid valve Klettrovalvola di carico FilNgglenoid valve RS485 XXI ES x lt PSS XX RL x OX OX High level sensor Sengore alto livello 5 X0 25 bd Y
50. Use tuber a adecuada El drenaje debe cumplir todas las reglamentaciones de la edificaci n El drenaje debe contar con un sif n fuera de la unidad Instale el drenaje con una pendiente m nima de 1 8 3 2mm por cada pie de tramo de la tuber a El drenaje debe tener la dimensi n adecuada para un caudal de 2 gpm LN ADVERTENCIA Tuber a de refrigeraci n Esta unidad contiene fluidos o gases sometidos a alta presi n Riesgo de descarga explosiva debido a que el refrigerante se encuentra a alta presi n Libere la presi n antes de trabajar con las tuber as Las unidades interiores se distribuyen con una carga transitoria de nitr geno no purgue el evaporador hasta que todas las tuber as de refrigeraci n est n en su lugar listas para conectarse a la unidad al condensador Use tuber as de cobre tipo k instaladas con soldadura fuerte de alta temperatura Aisl las tuber as de los sistemas del edificio usando soportes anti vibratorios Si precisa instalar el condensador a m s de 15 pies 4 57 mts debajo del evaporador consulte a la f brica Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 7 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM Si la extensi n de las tuber as es superior a los 100 pies 30 48 mts de longitud consulte a la f brica TABLA No 2 Tama os recomendados para las l neas de refrigerantes cobre di metro exterio
51. a sinistra sul display il simbolo un libro aperto invece durante la fase di impostazione della password compare anche un lucchetto amp a confermare la presenza di un blocco La presenza dei parametri nelle varie famiglie condizionata dal valore di alcuni di essi 1 presenza sonda aria esterna 2 presenza sonda umidit 3 presenza sonda aria mandata Impostazione dei parametri di default La pressione tasto all accensione memorizza nella Eeprom i parametri di default Durante l operazione viene visualizzata la scritta dF Pra is 8 E y enter alarm Y L Clea Power ONS on off The value of the first accessible parameter is then displayed in the upper right with the parameter code flashing The and buttons can be used to scroll the various parameters Fig 16 Once having entered any level of parameters one pressing of the button displays the value flashing of the parameter selected while the and buttons can be used to modify such value Fig 17 Press again to temporarily store the new value Then using the and buttons scroll the parameters menu repeating the previous steps for each parameter to be modified Press the button on the other hand to store the modifications made and exit programming During all phases of setting the parameters the open book symbol gt js displayed in the lower left of the display on the other hand when set
52. adjustable on or off delay if desired This information is HVAC OEM specific and listed in the installation and service manuals for each unit These manuals must be used to properly set up the system at the time of installation Tap selections should never be changed to adjust airflow without checking these manuals first If these selections are not set at the time of installation there is a good chance the system will not perform as expected or produce the designed capacity In addition the system may be prone to problems and or premature parts failure It Is recommended that the electrical connections on the ECM be facing down or between the 4 and 8 o clock Drip Loop position and a drip loop formed out of the wiring Connector Orientation harness leaving the motor This is to prevent any moisture or water that may get into the motor area from running into the connectors where it could cause damage to the control In most systems the HVAC OEM will install the motor in the correct position and provide the drip loop However when multi position systems are installed in a position other than the manufactured position the motor may need to be turned and the drip loop re arranged Drip Loop 2010 Genteq 15 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 The total external static pressure ESP of the installed system should be measured and compared to the HVAC OEM charts If it is above the maximum listed for that unit impr
53. and traps by the HVAC OEM specifications Troubleshooting Genteq variable speed motors only Before troubleshooting any HVAC system it s a good practice to become familiar with the components and wiring diagram check for and follow any on board diagnostics HVAC OEM system fault codes On variable speed systems it s also a good practice to check the airflow comfort and delay settings The HVAC OEM manuals will typically be required for these settings and can also provide valuable sequence of operation and troubleshooting help If the motor is running but the system is noisy shutting down on its limits or safeties or the evaporator is freezing there 15 a good chance the motor is good The problem is most likely external to the motor Check the airflow settings using the HVAC OEM guide Check the air distribution system components for dirt load and closed registers grilles Measure the total external static pressure and make repair s if above the HVAC OEM recommended maximum level Aftermarket filter sizing is a common issue 2010 Genteg M 6 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 If the motor is not running the following checks will diagnose whether it is operational Always disconnect the power to the HVAC system before disconnecting or reconnecting any connectors to these motors There are two inputs needed to operate this motor a high voltage constant power source and the communication that selects the a
54. as it is drinkable and not demineralised refer to supply water requirements the evaporated water is automatically topped up using of a fill valve This appliance has been designed exclusively to humidify rooms directly or in ducts through a distribution system Installation use and maintenance shall be carried out according to the instructions contained in this manual The environmental conditions and the power supply voltage must comply with the specified values Any other use and modification to the appliance not expressly authorised by the manufacturer shall be considered as improper Liability for injuries or damage caused by improper use lies exclusively with the user Please note that the unit contains live electrical devices and hot surfaces All service and or maintenance operations must be carried out by specialist and qualified personnel aware of the necessary precautions and able to operate properly Disconnect the unit from the mains before accessing any internal parts The appliance must be installed in compliance with the local regulations in force The local safety regulations in force must be applied in all cases Disposal of the parts of the humidifier the humidifier is made up of metal and plastic components All these parts must be disposed of in compliance with the local legislation on waste disposal Materials warranty 2 years from the date of production consumable parts excluded e g the cylinder Certific
55. attivato il limite di bassa temperatura di mandata in tutte le configurazioni modificato il tempo di reset delle valvole a 3 punti da H7 6 a H7 2 per facilitare la gestione di valvole con tempi di corsa diversi aggiunta la gestione di deumidifica nella configurazione per shelter e modificata la gestione nelle altre configurazioni set point di temperatura dinamico in deumidificazione che elimina la zona neutra modificata nella configurazione shelter la gestione degli allarmi del compressore e mancanza rete che abilitano l apertura della serranda indipendentemente dalla temperatura esterna e in tutte le configurazioni l attivazione degli attuatori dalla partenza del ventilatore avviene dopo il tempo P1 per permettere la lettura di un eventuale allarme di flusso Programmazione con chiave hardware con la chiave programmata con release 1 2 quando si programma la versione 1 3 del WAC i parametri che prima non esistevano assumono il valore di default 14 Errata Corrige Corretto il collegamento della valvola caldo vedi disegno Fig 7 CAREL si riserva la possibilit di apportare modifiche o cambiamenti ai propri prodotti senza alcun preavviso 45 13 Software updating 13 1 Notes for the 1 3 version The 1 3 software release in comparison with the previous one 1 2 has the following new functions e the addition of the smoke fire alarm management in the ID4 input that can be selected using the PE parame
56. cavi uscite di potenza Lunghezza max cavi uscita di pilotaggio fan Tipo azione dei rele e dei triac Numero massimo delle commutazioni dei rele Isolamento tra i rele e le parti in bassissima tensione Isolamento tra i rele e il frontale Isolamento tra i due rele PTI dei materiali di isolamento Categoria di resistenza al calore e al fuoco Grado protezione del frontale Inquinamento ambientale Periodo di sollecitazione elettrica delle parti isolanti Classe e struttura del software Immunit contro le sovratensioni Interfaccie Installazione Modalit di connessione N max di inserzione disinserzione connettori 24 Vac 15 50 60 Hz 200 mA con fusibile interno da 800 mA T ritardato 10 VA Sonde temperatura 30 70 C Sonda umidit 0 100 U R 0 5 C sonde NTC 0 005 V 0 5 f s sonda 0 1 Vdc 0 02 mA 1 f s sonda 4 20 mA 0 1 C 10T54 10 54 C con umidit 20 80 U R non condensante 10 70 10 70 C con umidit 0 80 U R non condensante B1 B2 B4 3 sonde NTC CAREL 10 25 C per temperatura B3 1 ingresso 0 1 Vdc 4 20 mA per sonda umidit o pressione selezione tramite pin strip sul retro V Uscita alimentazione sonda 14Vdc 30mA max ID1 ID10 10 ingressi non optoisolati riferiti al potenziale di alimentazione GO alimentati a 24Vac corrente assorbita da ogni ingresso 6 5 mA a 24Vac Gli allarmi sono attivi quando il relativo ingresso risulta aperto non
57. code hour minute and data are recorded up to a maximum of 300 signals On reaching the maximum number the oldest events are deleted code 1 always indicates the most recent alarm Display alarm log To display the list of alarms recorded press the t button followed by the Alarm button Fig 34 The code of the last alarm event is shown and on repeatedly pressing Sel the hour minute and the date The t and y buttons scroll the alarm data In places where no alarm has been recorded dashes are displayed in the place of the code The display includes an incremental index in the right hand field which identifies the current position the hundreds then appear in the field on the left e g 1 rES 55 indicates that a reset of the machine was performed and the position is 155 Deleting the alarm log The entire alarm log can be deleted from within the display of log itself by pressing the f ana Y buttons together for 5 seconas At this point the FACTORY password 177 is required which confirmed by enter leads to the deletion of the log Fig 36 This operation re initialises the clock board EEPROM and must be performed when installing the board itself The alarm codes displayed are those reported in the table in the chapter on the alarms in addition other special codes have been inclu ded to signal the following events Code PrOn Machine re start after power failure rES Manual alarm reset using the Alarm
58. days bF can only be set via network OFF 5 6 2 days is ignored ON 5 6 3 days is ignored ON OFF 5 6 one week is ignored ON ctl 2 Using parameter bF integer variable 36 which can have any value between 1 and 199 days bF by default is equal to 3 days bF can usually be set via network and its value only has effect if A5 A6 OFF Dip B1 reset hour counter and timed maintenance signals starting from SW rel 1 7 The hour counter and the timed maintenance signals described further on can be reset as follows DIP B1 reset hour counter and cylinder life alarms from SW rel 1 7 Reset hour counter and cylinder life alarms indicated by 7 and 8 short flashes 1 2 3 4 of the red LED N hour counter and alarms active default 1234 ON only if BI ON before starting the CP hour counter and alarms deactivated To reset the hour counter and alarms 403038 4 the dipswitch to ON after 5 seconds the alarm LED red and produc counter is operating as normal ON tion LED yellow on for 3 seconds the alarms still active and the hour 1 3 4 2 move the dipswitch back to OFF the hour counter restarts from 0 the alarms ON NE XX are cancelled and production restarts OFF Warnings and timed maintenance alarms from SW rel 1 7 a warning and a maintenance alarm with shutdown are available set respective
59. el control electr nico determina que el diferencial de temperatura entre el espaci y el valor seleccionado es muy amplio ordena arrancar los compresores para ajustar la temperatura en la medida que se acerca al punto seleccionado apaga uno de los compresores por presi n de succi n esto se logra al cerrar la v lvula solenoide del circuito que impide la circulaci n de refrigerante en el circuito que se desea apagar El compresor finalmente se apaga porque el gas disponible en el serpent n evaporador se agota y se produce una baja presi n que dispara el control de baja presi n de la unidad Una vez se alcance la temperatura deseada el segundo compresor tambi n se apagar por el proceso anteriormente descrito Para garantizar la correcta operaci n del sistema se debe haber hecho un buen vaci y una buena carga de refrigerante para cada circuito Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 10 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 11 4 REGULACI N DE LA HUMEDAD La regulaci n de la humedad se logra por intermedio de la acci n de varios componentes introducidos en la circulaci n del aire En el controlador los ajustes se inician con la ventana de M MANUF la UNIDAD CONFIGURAT que est protegida por contrase a La deshumidificaci n puede llevarse a cabo y controlarse por las siguientes acciones Cuando el compresor est operando y genera e
60. el exterior y se debe tener en cuenta para su ubicaci n un sitio con buena circulaci n de aire y buen espacio para evitar las molestias ocasionadas por el ruido producido por los ventiladores 7 TUBERIAS Todas las conexiones de las l neas de refrigeraci n de la unidad son de cobre con soldadura las conexiones de las l neas de fluidos son de PVC sanitarias las tuber as instaladas en el sitio deben realizarse de acuerdo con las reglamentaciones locales y deben ensamblarse probarse separarse y alslarse correctamente Evite extender las tuber as por reas en las que el ruido podr a ocasionar incomodidad como paredes de oficinas Para obtener informaci n sobre tuber as espec ficas la unidad consulte la documentaci n detallada en este manual A PRECAUCION Peligro de fugas de agua Esta unidad requiere una conexi n a un drenaje de agua Tambi n precisa un suministro de agua externo para funcionar Si se instala o repara en forma inadecuada puede producirse una fuga de agua en la unidad Una fuga puede provocar da os graves a la propiedad y p rdida de los equipos cr ticos en el centro de datos No coloque la unidad directamente sobre ning n equipo que pudiese sufrir da os por el agua YN AIR CONDITIONING 9220 A PRECAUCION Tuber a de drenaje No reduzca los drenajes No exponga los drenajes a temperaturas muy bajas El drenaje puede contener agua hirviente
61. el tablero el ctrico de la unidad esto permitir activar el panel electr nico Con el panel energizado se procede a verificar todos los puntos de ajuste del equipo con la precauci n de mantener todas las cargas de fuerza desactivadas Una vez se encuentra energizado el equipo la pantalla del controlador desplegar un aviso de espera mientras reconoce las entradas de se ales que se hayan configurado posteriormente despliega en pantalla la versi n del sistema de control Finalizado este arranque el equipo est disponible para entrar en los diferentes men s de configuraci n del controlador es importante tener en cuenta que el controlador presenta opciones que no aplican para el equipo ya que este control puede controlar otro tipo de equipos que requieren variables diferentes El control electr nico tiene un c digo de acceso que permite el ajuste de puntos de control y la modificaci n de los par metros de f brica sin este permiso solo se puede hacer consultas simples de verificaci n de alarmas AIR CONDITIONING CONFORTFRESH Para el ajuste de operaci n del equipo se debe tener en cuenta los rangos de configuraci n del equipo los cuales se detallan en la tabla No 4 TABLA No 3 RANGOS DE AJUSTE Rango Valor ea zona pes IR 9 C zona IN Alta Temperatura 35 C BH C mis _ Baja Temperatura 35 C Alta Humedad HR CT Eme EL Baja Humedad HR 11 3 CICLO DE ENFRIAMIENTO Cuando
62. energised in alarm only for serious alarms 3 eccitato in allarme solo per gli allarmi gravi 3 energised in alarm only for serious alarms n n n n flags 1 0 Ritardo all accensione Delay on start up UUUU 0 300 5 1 0 Password USER USER password UUUU 0 200 1 22 Blocca modifiche parametri viene visualizzato dal lucchetto UE U 1 flag 1 0 Block parameter modifications displayed by lock 0 no blocco no block Set di parametri Parameter sets F 3 flags 1 0 Selezione visualizzazione sul display Select data shown on display 2 flags 1 0 0 sonde B1 B3 se presente probes B1 B3 if present 1 set point di temp e umid se presente 1 temperature and humid set point if present 2 giorno ed ora se presente l orologio 2 day and time if clock present Indirizzo seriale rete supervisione Supervisor network serial address U U U U 1 200 1 1 Baudrate seriale supervisore Supervisor serial baudrate U BN 1 5 flags 1 5 1 1200 2 2400 3 4800 4 9600 5 19200 Baud Versione software Software version D DD D 1 3 Tab 2 17 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 6 1 7 parametri relativi alle sonde 171 Presenza sonda aria esterna B2 Imposta la presenza della sonda NTC B2 la relativa funzione deve essere selezionata tramite il parametro HC 0 sonda assente 1 sonda NTC CAREL Range 0 1 flag Def 0 22 Tipo sonda B3 Imposta il tipo di sonda B3
63. fino ad oltre il 90 il controllo forza prima l apertura completa per un tempo proporzionale al tempo totale H7 e superiore a quello necessario per portare poi la stessa al valore richiesto Allo stesso modo se viene richiesto di chiudere la valvola al di sotto del 10 il controllo la chiude completamente per posizionarla poi al valore richiesto Per riaggiustare eventuali piccoli spostamenti della valvola quando questa lavora completamente aperta o chiusa il controllo forza l apertura o chiusura totale ogni 10 minuti 60 minuti se si trova in stand by o in sleep mode da fasce orarie per un tempo pari a H7 2 secondi Queste azioni come del resto la chiusura totale della valvola all accensione dello strumento permettono di calcolare con precisione lo stato di apertura della valvola anche se non esiste una retroazione diretta tra valvola e attuatore Le stesse considerazioni valgono anche se si usa come attuatore del freddo nella modalit shelter una serranda motorizzata con comando a 3 punti H8 Presenza umidificatore 0 gestione umidificatore disattivata 1 viene attivata la gestione dell umidificatore la generazione relativi allarmi e la visualizzazione del simbolo sul display Range 0 1 flag Def 0 29 and OUTA the more powerful must be connected to OUT4 Range 0104 flags Def 1 H7 Excursion time for 3P valve or damper Sets the excursion time for the valve or if the shelter model is chosen of the damper
64. flusso acqua water flow imed P5 ON ON 16 rl resistenze heating elements imed man ON ON OFF OFF 17 At temp mandata supply temp 2min 5 ON A OFF OFF 18 AH umidificatore humidifier 305 PS ON OFF 19 Lt bassa temper low temp PA P5 ON 20 Ht alta temper high temp PA P5 ON ONA ON ON 21 ht preallarme alta temperatura PA P5 ON ON high tempeature prealarm 22 LH bassa humid low humid PA PS ON 23 HH alta humid high humid PA 5 24 1C termico comp comp thermal imed P5 ON OFF 25 tF termico fan fan thermal imed P5 ON ONA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 26 t1 t2 termico fan 1 2 fan 1 2 thermal imed P5 ON ON OFF 1 OFF 2 28 AL generico grave serious generic PC Pb ON ON A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 29 PA mancanza rete power fail 25 auto ON A OFF OFF 30 CL orologio clock imed imm man ON 31 nl contaore comp 1 counter comp 1 imed imm c9 ON 32 N2 oe contaore comp 2 counter comp 2 imed imm cA ON 33 nF contaore filtri counter filter
65. gli allarmi gravi 3 energised in alarm only for serious alarms n n n n flags 1 0 Ritardo all accensione Delay on start up UUUU 0 300 5 1 5 Password USER USER password UUUU 0 200 1 22 Blocca modifiche parametri viene visualizzato dal lucchetto UE U 1 flag 1 0 Block parameter modifications displayed by lock 0 no blocco no block Set di parametri Parameter sets F 3 flags 1 0 Selezione visualizzazione sul display Select data shown on display 2 flags 1 0 0 sonde B1 B3 se presente probes B1 B3 if present 1 set point di temp e umid se presente 1 temperature and humid set point if present 2 giorno ed ora se presente l orologio 2 day and time if clock present Indirizzo seriale rete supervisione Supervisor network serial address U U U U 1 200 1 1 Baudrate seriale supervisore Supervisor serial baudrate U BN 1 5 flags 1 5 1 1200 2 2400 3 4800 4 9600 5 19200 Baud Versione software Software version D DD D 1 7 Tab 2 17 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 CONFORTFRESH AIR CONDITIONING UNIDAD DE PRECISION Sa UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 22 Yi WWW CONFORTFRESH COM CONFORTFRESH La empresa abarca una gran variedad de productos que proporcionan soluciones en sistemas de refrigeraci n de uso residencial y comercial Nuestros procesos son guiados por filosof a de mejoramiento continuo que permite ofrecer un servicio inte
66. in which the control device is integrated into the machine made by the manufacturer Protection against short circuits in the case of defective wiring must be guaranteed by the manufacturer of the machine in which the control device is incorporated 3 3 Mounting Instructions The uAC regulator is designed for panel mounting The drilling template must measure 173x154mm see fig 40 p 44 Follow the instructions below for installation remove the external clip on frame insert the plastic part containing the regulator on the drilled front face of the panel making sure that the gasket on the lower edge of the front panel rests properly against the front face of the panel make 4 holes 2 5mm in diameter in the panel at the points corresponding exactly to the holes on the instrument e insert the fastening screws supplied choosing self threading or self tapping screws according to the material of the panel plastic or metal To connect the connectors 1 2 3 see Fig 5 use Molex Mini Fit 12 18 and 8 way female connectors see chap 10 Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 3 4 Procedura di primo avviamento Per l installazione del controllo procedere come indicato di seguito tenendo presente gli schemi di collegamento riportati 1 collegare sonde ed alimentazione le sonde possono essere remotate fino ad una distanza massima di 50 metri dal controllo purch si usino cavi con sezione minima di 1
67. indicate le dimensioni meccaniche di ciascun Following are the mechanical dimensions of each of the components of componente del controllore WAC tutti i valori sono espressi in millimetri the uAC control all values are in millimetres Controllore PAC uAC control CAREL 9 18 Se on off alarm enter n Fig 39 Dime di foratura Drilling template 181 5 al 173 4 25 Drilling template 173 x 154 mm Fig 40 Moduli regolazione ventilatori Fan regulation modules Chiave hardware MAC2KEY000 Hardware key MAC2KEY000 H gt Fig 42 D B O CONVO 10A0 CONVO 10A0 lt a Y lo L N N L o Converter Cod A B C D E MCHRTF20A0 43 100 50 107 32 MCHRTF40A0 43 100 50 107 46 1 MCHRTF60A0 75 100 82 107 46 MCHRTF80A0 75 100 892 107 64 11 60 Fig 43 Fig 41 44 Manuale cod 4030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 13 Aggiornamento software 13 1 Note per la versione 1 3 La release software 1 3 rispetto alla precedente 1 2 presenta le seguenti funzionalit aggiunta la gestione allarme fumo fuoco nell ingresso 104 selezionabile con il parametro PE aggiunta la gestione allarme flusso acqua nell ingresso 109 nelle macchine CW selezionabile con il parametro PF aggiunta la gestione preallarme alta temperatura selezionabile con il parametro PG aggiunto la gestione di 2 ventilatori di mandata con le selezioni 6 7 sul parametro HA
68. lo stato di Off il ventilatore se controllato in modo proporzionale funziona al minimo e gli attuatori rimangono spenti Pro IS 8 Se on off alarm 4 Y I enter 7 Clock time bands and alarm log Functions enabled only with the clock board MAC2CLK000 installed 7 1 Clock Time display Pressing the button displays the current time and date Pressing the button once displays the time and the day of the week 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 7 Sunday pressing it again displays the date in the format day month year Setting the time First press the f button keeping it pressed and then the Prg button keeping both pressed for 5 seconds Fig 32 The minutes will begin to flash use the t and y buttons to set the desired time Use the Sel button on the other hand to select in order the fields hours day of the week year month day of the month At the end press the Prg button to confirm the modifications made 7 2 Time bands Entering the parameter rt see USER parameter modification allows the selection of rt 1 or 2 enabling the time band function Pressing the Sel button displays in sequence with the scrolling of a segment time bands 1 2 3 4 of day 1 Monday time bands 1 2 3 4 of day 7 Sunday The and buttons allow with 10 minute steps the start time of the selected band to be modified while the ON OFF button enables or disables the action of the band
69. load of 1KQ OUT1 5 5 SSR 24Vac 1A optically isolated in three groups from G Go with minimum current of 20mA In addition the 3 groups C1 2 OUT1 OUT2 C3 4 OUT3 OUT4 C5 OUT5 are insulated from each other and this insulation is functional voltage lt 50V GND and GO are connected internally OUT6 C6 1 220Vac relay switching contact contacts protected by 250Vac varistors OUT7 C7 1 220Vac relay normally open contact contacts protected by 250Vac varistors Max relay current 2A resistive and inductive according to VDE 0631 for 100 000 switchings at 85 C 50m 100m 100m 50m 1C micro switching 100 000 reinforced reinforced primary 250V Category D self extinguishing UL94 VO IP55 normal long A Category Il Pin strip for optically isolated RS485 serial board MAC2SER000 optional Pin strip for clock board MAC2CLK000 optional Connector for programming key Connector for updating microprocessor software Panel mounting see chapter on Dimensions Connections are made using the four rear connectors For the connections use the connectors supplied or CAREL code 2 001 Molex code for the female connectors Way 39 01 2080 8 39 01 2120 12 39 01 2180 18 Molex code for the connector contact Cross sec allowed for cables 39 00 0077 AWG16 1 25mm2 39 00 0038 CAREL code 5931189AXX AWG18 24 0 90 0 35mm2 39 00 0046 AWG22 28 0 22 0 06 For crimping use the relative Molex tool 69008 07
70. mm per migliorare l immunit ai disturbi si consiglia di usare cavi schermati collegare un solo estremo dello schermo alla terra del quadro elettrico 2 Programmare lo strumento per una descrizione pi approfondita vedere il capitolo 5 Programmazione 3 Collegare gli attuatori preferibile collegare i connettori 1 e 3 solo dopo aver programmato il controllo Al riguardo si raccomanda di non collegare carichi superiori alla portata dei rel 3 5 La scheda 1 0 Input Output In Fig 5 rappresentata la scheda 1 0 Con riferimento a tale figura si vedono in basso i connettori Molex 1 2 3 per la realizzazione delle connessioni principali inalto il 2 connettore maschio da sinistra per inserire la chiave per programmare il WAC o copiare i dati gia presenti a predisposizione per la scheda orologio opzionale MAC2CLKO000 la predisposizione per la scheda seriale RS485 opzionale 25 000 al centro della scheda il jumper per la selezione hardware della sonda B3 4 20 mA 0 1 Vdc con default 0 1 Vdc 3 4 Initial start up procedure To install the control proceed as indicated below with reference to the connection diagrams provided 1 connect the probes and power supply the probes can be located up to a maximum distance of 50 metres from the control using cables with a minimum cross section of 1 to improve immunity to disturbance it is recommended to use shielded ca
71. n 3n 2 F F F F ipo Type un 3n 3n Tipo Type HL 0123 F F FF 2 regolazione velocit in proporzionale Se utilizzato in condensazione spegne il ventilatore sotto il valore espresso da F5 con un isteresi pari a 0 5 bar se in pressione o di 1 C se in temperatura 2 proportional speed regulation If used in condensation the fan is switched off below the value of F5 with an hysteresis of 0 5 bar for pressure or 1 C for temperature Soglia tensione minima per Triac Minimum Triac voltage threshold Soglia tensione massima per Triac Maximum Triac voltage threshold Durata impulso triac Triac pulse width banda regolazione per minima velocit o temperatura pressione minima velocit in condensazione regulation band for minimum speed or temperature pressure for minimum speed in condensation banda regolazione per massima velocit o temperatura pressione massima velocit in condensazione regulation band for maximum speed or temperature pressure for maximum speed in condensation Valore di minima uscita Minimum output value Valore di massima uscita Maximum output value Soglia contaore per il ventilatore Fan hour counter threshold 0 disabilitato disabled Contaore ventilatore mandata Supply fan hour counter Soglia contaore per il filtro Filter hour counter threshold 0 disabilitato disabled Contaore filtro Filter hour counter Ritardo spegnimento ventilatore mandata Sup
72. power supply to measure the current 3 12 LED panel The operation the humidifier 15 displayed using a panel fitted with coloured LEDs with the following meanings green power present yellow steam production in progress red alarm signal These events are indicated by sequences of flashes for the meanings see the instruction sheet 050003765 3 13 Technical specifications Steam production weights and dimensions see Chap 2 The index of protection is IP20 CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 17 OEM 4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH CAREL CONTROLLER MODEL CP Before making the connections make sure that the unit is disconnected from the mains power supply For further information on the controller refer to the corresponding instruction sheet 4 1 Single phase wiring diagram EXTERNAL TAM CP1 p A 230 Vac EVI Rel not n O M by Carel with 230 Vac valves 250 Vac 5 2 A otherwise direct G connection from CP A to KUE with 24 Vac bd valves MIS DRAIN 4 4 4r A LAM estema x Irades MAX 304 External ll o me m E t Lrenagqie manuale Manual drainage Drain solendid valve Fletrovalvola di canc e esterno L1 Evlemal regulator E n ON OFF remoto oo Remote ON OFF POWER SUPPLY STEAM BOILER UNIT Limidost to o Humidsl d Maid Jr m Reed al
73. specifications see the instruction sheet for the CP controller code 050003765 KUES1 Power 15 3 1 1515 1153 1515 5 9 0 15 45 rated power supply voltage 208V 1 N code U instant steam production kg h EXq os ug power input at rated voltage kW 225 375 652 rated power supply voltage 230V 1 N code D instant steam production C kg ower input at rated voltage kW rated power supply voltage 208V 3 code W instant steam production kg h ower input at rated voltage kW rated power supply voltage 230V 3 code K x E C jo pa j 15 1 25 35 I 15560 750 125 18 5 2625 rated power supply voltage 400V 3 code L 460V 3 code 575V 3 code instant steam production kg h 15 power input at rated voltage KW dq pepo 7a 53 75 8 CAREL reserves the right to modify or change its products without prior notice CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 35 NOTE NOTE CAREL CAREL INDUSTRIES HQs Via dell Industria 11 35020 Brugine Padova Italy Tel 39 049 9716611 Fax 39 049 9716600 http www carel com e mail carel carel com 030221791 OEM Rel 2 5 02 02 11 UNIDAD DE PRECISION 5 CONFORT RESF UCCOSEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 DA AIR CONDITIONING WWW CONFO
74. start stop and gradual changes between airflow demands delays and or profiles Reduced constant fan air noise with low CFM settings plus increased energy savings over normal system operation Reduced repairs associated with continuous low airflow operation Installation Set up After the system is installed the technician must follow the HVAC OEM manuals to set the proper airflow and comfort settings to match the components and operation desired as installed These are typically selected by use of jumper pins dip switches and or multi pin plugs on the HVAC OEM control board in the system There are also systems in the marketplace that are able to adjust many of these selections at the user interface in these systems the user interface replaces the thermostat as a communication center for the system If these selections are not set at the time of installation there is a good chance the system will not perform as expected and or not produce the designed capacity In addition the system may be prone to problems and or premature parts failures Rotary Model NOn CFM TIMER BOARD Switch for Heating 5 porra for Delay Cooling Selection m A mu Time Tonnage Da M 4 sana ja 2010 Genteg M 5 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 It is recommended that the electrical connections on the ECM face down or between the 4 and 8 o clock positions Loop and a drip loop formed out of the wiring harne
75. status if even the current band provides an off command This event does not block the alarm log which continues to store the signals however with incorrect time values n1 compressor 1 maintenance warning n2 compressor 2 maintenance warning Signal only alarm generated when the hour counter threshold has been exceeded displayed together with the symbol see parameters c9 compressor 1 and cA compressor 2 nF filter maintenance warning nU fan maintenance warning n2 compressor 2 maintenance warning Signal only alarm generated when the hour counter threshold has been exceeded displayed together with the e symbol see parameters FC filters and FA fan 8 3 Machine shut down signals These appear in the event of internal machine malfunctions and cause Its shut down The code is displayed in the ambient temperature or hour minutes field of the LCD display Er Checksum error during code check in Flash the control can no longer be used Er E The content of the EEPROM parameter memory is damaged A reset can be attempted by reloading the default values Er L Insufficient power Power voltage lt 13Veff when writing the default values or during an attempt to automatically recovery an EEPROM damaged sector Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 9 Schede opzionali UAC predisposto per l utilizzo di schede opzionali a seconda dell utilizzo Scheda seriale RS485 il uAC pu ess
76. steam hose from the cylinder disconnect the electrical connections from the top of the cylinder release the cylinder from the fastening device and lift it up to remove it fit the new cylinder in the humidifier by performing the previous operations in reverse Cylinder maintenance refer to cylinders instruction sheet The life of the cylinder depends on a number of factors including the complete filling with lime scale and or the partial or complete corrosion of the electrodes the correct use and sizing of the humidifier the output and the quality of the water as well as careful and regular maintenance Due to the aging of the plastic and the consumption of the electrodes even openable steam cylinder has a limited life and it Is therefore recommended to replace it after 5 years or 10 000 operating hours Important warnings The humidifier and its cylinder contain live electrical components and hot surfaces and therefore all service and or maintenance operations must be performed by expert and qualified personnel who are aware of the necessary precautions Before performing any operations on the cylinder check that the humidifier is disconnected from the power supply carefully read and follow the instructions contained in the humidifier manual Remove the cylinder from the humidifier only after having drained it completely using the corresponding button Check that the model and the power supply voltage of the new cylinder correspond
77. temp for free cooling 1 Hc Press condens 2 Hd Hb Condens press 2 Hd Hb Temp mandata 3 1 Supply temp 3 1 Comp Comp Resistenza Heating element Serranda 2 Hc Damper 2 Serranda On Off Damper ON OFF Serranda 2 Hc Damper 2 Hc Vent mandata 1 Supply fan 1 Allarme HF Alarm HF Allarme HA Alarm HA Rotazione H2 Rotation H2 Vent di mandata 2 HA 6 7 Supply fan 2 HA 6 7 Uscita serranda 2 Hc Damper output 2 Hc Ventilatore condensazione Condensation fan 1 2 Hb Hc Manuale cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 4 Modi di funzionamento Di seguito vengono riportati alcuni esempi delle macchine nelle principali configurazioni 4 1 Armadio con una batterie CW Versione CW CW version Schema di collegamento Connection diagram line line line main fan alarm uH ES GO B4 B2 WEE M out H outdoor temp supply air temp V 101 ID3 105 107 ID9 B3 102 ID4 106 ID8 A room temp room humidity air flow alarm humid alarm fan overload generic alarm filter alarm remote on off 4 Operating modes Following are descriptions of some examples of the main machine configurations 4 1 Precision unit with batteries CW Versione CW caldo freddo CW cooling heating version Fig 6 Schema di collegamento Connection diagr
78. temperature Range 0102 flags Def 0 6 6 3 Condensation control For direct expansion machines ED or shelter output Y2 can be used to control the condensation fans modules MCHRTF A0 integrating this function in the regulation of the AC For direct expansion machines temperature probe B2 is used both for one or two compressors on the other hana for shelter units the active probe B3 is used either for pressure or temperature For the operating diagram see Fig 31 on p 25 The parameters to be selected are Hb Hc Ho as well as the fan parameters F Function of probe B2 probe B2 is used for the compensation of the SET POINT as represented in Fig 26 on p 22 1 probe B2 is used for free cooling management via the Oto10Vdc output 2 outputs SSR OUT3 and OUT4 are used to manage a free cooling damper with 3 point control 3 output OUTS is used to manage an ON OFF free cooling damper 4 probe B2 is used for condensation control Range 0103 flags Def 0 6 6 4 Free cooling function In shelter type units energy saving can be achieved using a damper on the external air output Y1 for 0 10Vdc or three point with outputs out3 and 4 or on off type with output out3 to control the free cooling function using the external probe B2 and setting an activation temperature differential using the parameter rL In addition this function is limited by setting a set point rn for the supply temperature B4 Fo
79. to function as The X13 is constructed as one piece with the two components of any ECM the motor control and motor housed inside one motor shell It is programmed to provide a constant level of torque current power to the motor This is a multi tap motor with the ability to have from 1 to 5 programmed levels of torque similar to the speeds of a PSC induction motor However the torque value programmed into each tap is determined by the HVAC OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer Each value equals a specific amount of torque to create the proper amount of airflow for each system demand heat cool constant fan This value is also specific and unique to each HVAC OEM model and size system To summarize the X13 motor is operated by two programs The HVAC OEM programmed torque value determines what amount of torque is needed by demand and the constant torque programming makes sure that selected amount of torque is maintained even if external static pressure ESP changes The three main benefits of this motor over conventional induction motors PSC include higher efficiency more precise airflow and properly maintained torque during changes in the systems external static pressure constant torque Operation The X13 motor is available in three models 115VAC 230VAC and 460VAC Introduced in 2009 The high voltage connections to the motor are the same regardless of which voltage model is used Those terminals are labeled L G
80. without cylinder w w 20 20 3 P with cylinder 28 4L gv 2330 z a 3 05 a a a 9 1 81 82 99 115 220 x z A E 3 99 124 135 181 x i 9r po qp AAA cc 5 16 17 16 17 5 5 SI z 53 mo mn w 18 2 Hose connection 54 4050 4050 4050 4050 j _ 131530 1391530 131530 131530 Mounting distances s s s m 35 35 4 9 so 9 9 9 20 Dimensions of the frame mm M6 M6 213 288 494 e 6 Y6 580 470 490 590 zi m 3 3 reni L3 o po E 1423 142 3 192 3 23 Tab 2 a Maximum dimensions with cylinder The appliance can be either wall mounted by using the appropriate fastening holes or installed on bracket so that the water connections can be completed 2 2 Connecting the hoses The Installation of the humidifier requires the connection to the water supply and drain hoses 1 1 l BULL MEE Drain for KUE 4 lt supply tap dran 5 x filter drain trap Fig 2 d CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 12 OEM 2 3 Drain 24 Supply Max instant supply flow 06 06 0 12 J 2314 34 G Male 3 4 G Male 3 4 G
81. 0 viene utilizzato il grado Centigrado C 1 viene utilizzato il grado Fahrenheit F Range 0 1 flag Def 0 Nota se la variazione da Centigradi a Fahrenheit e viceversa viene effettuata da supervisore i parametri non vengono convertiti cambia solo il valore letto dalle sonde di temperatura ed il simbolo sul display 6 2 rz parametri relativi alla regolazione ri Set point temperatura estate Permette di impostare il set point di temperatura diag a fine paragrafo Se il modello configurato tramite il parametro H1 CW cool heat tale set rappresenta il set estivo vedi parametro r9 La sua attivazione avviene tramite l ingresso digitale ID7 Range rA rb C F Def 20 0 r2 Differenziale raffreddamento Permette di impostare il differenziale in raffreddamento vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Range 0 1 11 0 C Def 3 0 0 1 19 8 F r3 Differenziale riscaldamento Permette di impostare il differenziale in riscaldamento vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Range 0 1 11 0 C Def 2 0 0 1 19 8 F r4 Zona neutra temperatura Permette di impostare la zona neutra vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Quando la temperatura misurata dalla sonda 1 si trova all interno della zona neutra tutti gli attuatori sono spenti esclusi i seguenti casi il tempo minimo di ON o il ritardo spegnimento tra i due compressori non ancora trascorso C1 C5 compressori o la valvola stanno fun
82. 0 2 mm and max cross section of 1 5 mm Standard optically isolated asynchronous RS485 Maximum speed 19200 baud Maximum number of devices 200 Maximum distance from supervisor 1 km Cables 1 twisted pair and shield AWG20 22 with capacity between leads lt 90pF m e g BELDEN 8761 8762 cables Protection against electric shock the device guarantees only a functional insulation between the source power supply of the uAC and the serial line thus the uAC must power supply must feature a safety transformer Manuale cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 9 2 Schede gestione velocita ventilatori l uscita analogica Y2 GND non pu gestire direttamente i ventilatori di condensazione Tale funzione ottenuta utilizzando dei moduli opzionali esterni possibile pilotare il ventilatore in modalit taglio di fase schede MCHRTF A0 oppure avere un uscita analogica 0 10 Vdc o 4 20 mA tramite il modulo CONVO 10A0 Calcolo velocit minima e massima dei ventilatori Utilizzando la regolazione proporzionale della velocit del ventilatore tramite le schede di potenza MCHRTF A0 devono essere individuati i corretti valori dei parametri F2 e cio soglia di tensione minima e massima triac impostare i parametri F1 0 ventilatore sempre acceso in modo indipendente dalle funzioni di regolazione F2 e F3 0 e incrementare fino a quando il ventilatore gira ad una velocit ritenuta sufficiente assicurandos
83. 0 25A gG 35 26 25 208 5 72 9 CP335W 1 500 b 35 0 100A gG 230 65 9 355 1 500 b 35 0 100A gG 400 3 379 CP335L 1 500 C 16 0 60A gG 460 5 52 9 CP335M 1 500 C 16 0 50A gG 575 5 26 4 CP335N 1 500 C 10 0 40A gG 45 55 5 400 5 48 7 CP345L 1 500 C 25 0 80A gG 460 3 42 4 CP345M 500 C 16 0 60A gG 5 5 3 33 9 CP345N 1 500 C 16 0 50A gG Tab 4 0 The average steam production is affected by external factors such as ambient temperature quality of the supply water and steam distribution system Tolerance on rated values from 10 to 5 00 EN 60335 1 9 Recommended values refer to PVC cable max length 10 m laid in closed conduit in compliance with the standards in force 9 power leads are required for each phase only run one through the TAM 050003765 rel 2 0 17 02 11 Dimensions and description of the boards For the wiring diagrams see CAREL manual code 030221791 CP1 board for KUE single phase TAM on board NO ZAM 45 LAI 51 51 52 52 DIP SWITCH DIP SWITCH 107 5 gga OPTIONAL L L REF VR BE GND AB sine m i a i d woo 99 NO ONDYUO ZAJ 45 LAI sje else 107 5 elelajeja OPTIONAL VR SETGND AB AB Relay 2 Y 0 5 E NEN 66 ni As 7 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 CP3 board for KUE single and three pha
84. 00006 13C499A030 KITVC02008 drain solenoid valve kit 230 Vac 13C499A044 13C499A044 13C499A044 13C499A044 KITRACCOOO internal hose kit UEKT00000S Sealed cylinders BLOS1FOOH control board ver CP Table 6 9 specify kg h power supply options hoses must be cut to the required size before installation 6 4 2 Spare parts for special applications The following spare parts are supplied separately from the standard humidifier therefore they must be ordered separately USA ih 05525 005555 Table 6 e S 2 ealed cylinders 00 to 230 VAC 1 conductivity 125 to 350 uS cm 6 4 5 THREE PHASE humidifiers Standard spare parts MODEL KUETR KUET1 KUET2 KUET3 KUET4 KUET4 KUET4 25kg h 35kg h 45kg h gt 400V Water circuit 18C499A006 18C40006 j 13C119A003 KITVC00006 13C499A030 KITVCO2008 13C499A044 KITRACCOO KITRACCOOO 2 UEKT00000S UEKTO0000S UEKTO0000M UEKTOOOOOM UEKTOOOOXL UEKTOOOOXL UEKTOOOOXL 200 to 230 VAC 3 conductivity 350 to 1250uS cm BLOTRBOOH1 BLOTIBOOH1 BLOT2BOOHO BLOT3BOOHO BLOT4COOHO BLOT4BOOHO 400 VAC 3 conductivity 350 to 750 uS cm BLOTICOOHO BloIsOOQ 400 VAC 3 conductivity 350 to 1250 uS cm BLOTRDOOHO BLOT4DO0HO BLOTADOOHO BLOTACOOHO Electronics control board ver CP control board ver CPY Table 6 f specify kg h power supply options
85. 02 11 4 short 5 short 6 short 8 Malfunction in the power h Check the correct operation wiring to the cylinder of the cables from the external contactor to the cylinder repla ce if necessary 9 TAM electrical circuit not i Refer to aa Gw BEEN 10 Malfunction in the TAM j Refer to bb electrical circuit Internal memory error 11 The software or the Download the correct confi Manual Active configuration parameters are guration via humiSet I Replace the controller m If the problem persists contact the CAREL service department Conductivity of the 12 Parameter b6 too low n If possible set b6 to 1250 uS Shut Manual Active b6 high water conductivi cm RS485 ty alarm threshold 13 Conductivity of the water o The water conductivity must higher than 1250 uS cm be between 125 and1250 15 cm bring the water within the limit values shown in the table at the end of the list of alarms IMPORTANT softening the water may worsen the problem 14 Conductivity probes p Clean them short circuited After 1 hour if con ductivity gt b6 for more than 1 hour OR Immediately if con ductivity gt 3x b6 15 Malfunction in the q Check the correct operation conductivity meter electrical of the conductivity meter elec circuit trical circuit 1 Check the electrical connec tions between the conductivity meter and the CP board if ne cessary restore the connection 2
86. 15 1230 1 16 3 CP405D 1 40 6 0 32A gG KUES3 8 6 52 208 31 4 509 CP409U 1 60 16 0 50A gG 9 0 6 75 1230 1 293 5090 CP409D 1 60 10 0 40A gG KUET2 5 0 5 5 200 5 10 8 CP405J 2 60 d 25 16A gG 5 0 3 75 208 3 104 CP405W 1 20 2 5 16A gG 5 0 2 49 1250 3 9 4 CP405K 1 20 2 5 16A gG 5 0 375 400 3 54 CP405L 1 20 15 10A gG 5 0 3 75 460 3 47 CP405M 2 20 d 15 10A gG 5 0 445 575 5 3 8 CP405N 2 20 d 1 5 10A gG KUET2 180 600 200 3 15 408 1 40 6 0 32A gG 8 0 600 208 3 167 CP408W 1 40 6 0 32A gG 8 0 6 00 250 3 15 1 CP408K 2 60 d 6 0 32A gG 8 0 600 40 3 87 CP408L 1 20 2 5 16A gG 8 0 6 00 460 3 75 CP408M 1 20 2 5 16A gG 8 0 600 575 3 16 0 CP408N 1 20 2 5 16A gG KUET3 10 0 7 50 200 5 21 7 CP410J 60 6 0 32A gG 10 0 7 50 208 3 20 8 CP410W 1 40 6 0 32A gG 10 0 7 50 230 5 188 CP410K 1 40 6 0 32A gG 100 1750 400 3 108 CP4l0L 1 20 2 5 16A gG 10 0 750 460 5 94 CP410M 20 2 5 16A gG 100 750 1575 3 75 CP410N I 20 a 25 16A gG KUET3 15 0 1125 200 3 325 CP415J 1 60 16 0 50A gG 15 0 11 25 208 3 51 2 CP415W 1 60 16 0 50A gG 15 0 1 25 230 5 282 CP415K 1 60 10 0 40A gG 15 0 11 25 400 5 16 2 CP415L 1 40 6 0 32A gG 15 0 11 25 460 5 141 CP415M 1 20 4 0 20A gG 15 0 11 25 575 3 11 3 CP415N 1 20 4 0 16A gG Tab 3 CP1 and CP3 external TAM ref Figs 1 e 3 OEM kg h kW Vac Ph Inom CP board Turns TAM TAM Ca
87. 19 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 CP schede per il controllo degli umidificatori OEM KUE Control boards for KUE OEM humidifier kits Manuale d uso Dall Hardware 2 0 e software 1 7 indicati con la sigla 2 5 sull etichetta a bordo scheda From Hardware 2 0 and software 1 7 marked with the initial 2 3 on the board label ENG User manual Manuel d utilisation Technisches Handbuch EE READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Integrated Control Solutions amp Energy Savings IMPORTANTE La scheda CP si blocca dopo 3000 ore di produzione affinch venga controllato lo stato del cilindro per l eventuale sostituzione Il blocco indicato con 8 lampeggi brevi del led rosso Un warning generato dopo 2000 ore 7 lampeggi brevi Per far ripartire la scheda CP agire sul dip BI come descritto nel capitolo Funzionalit della scheda CP dip switch e altre funzioni IMPORTANT The CP board stops operating after 3000 hours of steam production so that the condition of the cylinder can be checked and the cylinder replaced if necessary This event is indicated by 8 short flashes of the red LED A warning is generated after 2000 hours 7 short flashes To start the CP board again use dipswitch B1 as described in the chapter Functions of the CP board dipswitches and other functions IMPORTANT La carte CP se bloque apr s 3 000 heures de production afin que l tat du cylindre soit contr l en vue d un ventu
88. 2 default confermandola poi con il tasto quindi il valore del primo parametro accessibile e in alto a destra il codice del parametro lampeggiante IS 8 Se on off alarm v enter Clear a 5 Sec Modalit di accesso parametri Factory F Verr visualizzato 0 e a sinistra il simbolo amp lucchetto a conferma dell entrata nella procedura con password Coni tasti e si imposta la password 177 confermandola poi con il tasto kil E IS 8 Se on off alarm amp 5 Programming parameters and their modification 5 1 Parameters The parameters are divided into 3 levels each of which contains the previous which the user can access to customise the operation of the UAC N B It is not possible to move directly from one level to another the current programming phase must be terminated before accessing the desired level see parameter HL described in table 2 Level Access DIRECT D immediate access USER U access via password 22 parameter HH FACTORY F access via factory password 177 5 2 Parameter modification Accessing Direct parameters D The value of the first accessible parameter is displayed in the upper right with the parameter code flashing ann gt CU 5 Fig 13 Accessing User parameters U The number 0 is displayed and on the left the lock symbol amp confirming access via password to the procedure
89. 2 Alarm signals All the alarms except for the generic external alarm AL configured by parameter Pb and the clock are detected only when the machine is ON E1 ambient temperature probe failure generated due to open or short circuited probe Alarm delayed by 1 minute from the instant the machine is placed ON and when the error is detected At the moment of detection the control is placed OFF respecting the configured times except for the fan E2 external air probe failure generated due to open or short circuited probe Alarm delayed by 1 minute from the instant the machine is placed ON and when the error is detected At the moment of detection the corresponding functions compensation and free cooling are deactivated If probe B2 is used for condensation the fan is forced on at maximum Speed E3 humidity pressure probe failure generated due to open probe for voltages above 1 15V if the input is configured as 0to1V or if the input is configured as 4to20mA for currents below 3mA and over 23mA Alarm delayed by 1 minute from the instant the machine is placed ON and when the error is detected At the moment of detection the corresponding functions are deactivated humidity control humidification dehumidification if probe is used as a pressure sensor for the control of condensation and probe B2 is present for reading the external air temperature the fan is forced on at maximum speed if the temperature meas
90. 24 25 cycles Tab 7 42 Manuale AC cod 4030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 11 Codici degli strumenti e accessori 11 1 Tabella codici Descrizione HAC UAC controllore per condizionatore di precisione completo di connettore femmina Opzioni Scheda seriale RS485 per collegamento a supervisione Scheda orologio con 8 KB eeprom Chiave di programmazione Schede di regolazione ventilatori monofase 2 2A 4 4A 6 6A 8 8A Scheda convertitore PWM 0 10V Kit connettori femmina per codici personalizzati imballo da 10 kit Kit di 24 cavi di lunghezza 1 m Sonde Sonde NTC con cavo singolo isolamento IP67 50 50 C 08 0 8m 15 1 5m 30 3m 60 Sonde NTC con cavo doppio isolamento IP68 50 100 C 08 0 8m 15 1 5m 30 3m 60 6m Sonda ambiente di temperatura NTC umidit 10 90 U R Sonda ambiente di umidit 10 90 U R Sonda condotta di temperatura NTC umidit 10 90 U R Sonda condotta di umidit 10 90 Sonda condotta di umidit 0 100 U R Sonda di pressione 0 30 bar uscita 4 20mA con attacco maschio e 2 m di cavo 11 Instrument and accessory codes Codice MAC2000A00 MAC2SER000 MAC2CLK000 MAC2KEY000 MCHRTF 0A0 CONVO 10A0 2 001 MCHSMLCABO NTCO HP00 NTCO WP00 ASWC111000 ASWH100000 ASDC111000 ASDH100000 ASDH200000 SPK3000000 Sonda di pressione 0 30 bar uscita 4 20mA con attacco femmina e connettore
91. 3 motor may rock back and forth when it first turns on This is normal operation for the control to figure out the proper direction to operate the motor The X13 motor may come to a stop at the end of a demand call after any delays much faster than other motors This is a programmed braking function and is also normal This function may or may not be utilized by all HVAC OEM Always check the wiring and proper operation of the entire system including system safeguards after all service and repair work Conclusion The X13 motor produced by Genteg is built with 6 generations of ECM technology Reliability improvements over these generations include Fully encapsulated electronics to protect against moisture damage EMI filter to provide protection against line transient voltage spikes Speed limiting to prevent over current operation due to extremely high static pressure operation Durable ball bearings on all models With proper installation set up and annual system maintenance these motors are providing proven reliability in today s HVAC systems The HVAC OEM has many programming options for each type of system this motor is used in It is imperative that the contractor consult installation and service manuals to set up the system properly and take advantage of all of its capabilities Attending the HVAC OEM classes on constant torque motor products as with all products is also highly recommended 2010 Genteq
92. 50 to 1250 pS om electrode gasket kit KITBLC2FGO KITBLC3FGO Table 6 g CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 32 OEM 65 Troubleshooting For the alarms see instruction sheet 050003765 which 15 an integral part of this manual 1 no electrical power supply 1 check the protection device upstream of the humidifier and that the power supply is present 2 controller connectors inserted incorrectly 2 check that the connectors are properly inserted in terminal block the humidifier does not turn 3 check fuses F1 F2 F3 on 3 fuses blown 4 check that the voltage at the transformer secondary is 24 Vac 4 transformer fault 1 remote ON OFF contact open relay terminals AB AB on 1 close the ON OFF contacts relay terminals AB AB on CP CP controller controller 2 control signal not compatible with the type set 2 check that the external signal is 0 to 10 V 1 excessive backpressure in steam outlet 1 check that the steam outlet hose is not bent or choked 2 cylinder inlet filter blocked 2 clean the filter 3 lime scale in the supply tank 3 clean the supply tank 4 drain solenoid valve fault 4 check for abnormal voltage 24 Vac and or 230 Vac at drain the humidifier does not start operation the humidifier fills with water without producing steam solenoid valve and or replace the drain solenoid valve 1 the thermal overload switch is undersized 1 check that the thermal overload switch is rated for a
93. 6 3 Controllo di condensazione Per le macchina ad espansione diretta ED o shelter possibile utilizzare l uscita Y2 per il controllo dei ventilatori di condensazione moduli MCHRTF A0 integrando anche questa funzione nella regolazione del WAC Per le macchine ad espansione diretta si utilizza la sonda di temperatura B2 sia che si tratti di monocompressore che bicompressore invece per le unit shelter si utilizza la sonda attiva B3 che puo essere di pressione o di temperatura Per il diagramma di funzionamento vedi fig 31 a pag 25 ei parametri da selezionare sono Hb Hc Hd oltre a parametri dei ventilatori di tipo Hc Funzione della sonda B2 0 la sonda B2 viene utilizzata per la compensazione del SET come rappresentato in Fig 26 a pag 22 1 la sonda B2 viene utilizzata per la gestione del free cooling tramite uscita 0 10 Vdc 2 le uscite SSR OUT3 e OUT4 vengono utilizzate per gestire una serranda da free cooling con comando a 3 punti 3 l uscita OUT3 viene utilizzata per gestire una serranda da free cooling di tipo ON OFF 4 la sonda B2 viene utilizzata per il controllo della condensazione Range 0 3 flags Def 0 6 6 4 Funzione di free cooling Nelle unit di tipo shelter per il risparmio energetico possibile tramite la serranda sull aria esterna uscita Y1 per 0 10Vdc o a tre punti con le uscite out3 e 4 o di tipo on off con l uscita out3 fare la funzione di free cooling utilizzando la sonda es
94. 7 Calibration input B2 Corrects the value measured by 2 Range 6 0t06 0 C 10 8t010 8 F Def 0 0 r 8 Calibration input B3 Corrects the value measured by B3 Range 10 0t010 0 rH bar Def 0 0 r 9 Calibration input B4 Corrects the value measured by B4 Range 6 0t06 0 C 10 8t010 8 F Def 0 0 r A Digital filter Stabilises the coefficient used in the digital filtering of the measured value High values for this parameter allow the elimination of any transitory disturbance at the analogue inputs yet diminish the speed of measurement The suggested value is 4 Range 1to15 Def 4 Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 M b Limitazione ingresso Consente di stabilire la massima variazione rilevabile dalle sonde in un ciclo di programma della macchina in pratica le variazioni massime ammesse nella misura sono comprese tra 0 1 e 1 5 unit bar C o F a seconda della sonda e dell unit di misura ogni secondo circa Valori bassi del parametro consentono di limitare l effetto di disturbi di tipo impulsivo Valore consigliato 8 Range 1 15 Def 8 r C Unit di misura Consente di selezionare l unit di misura della temperatura visualizzata Al variare di tale parametro il effettua automaticamente la conversione di tutti i parametri di configurazione set point differenziali limiti di massima ecc tranne F5 e F6 Sul display viene indica costantemente l unit utilizzata
95. AT2 52 53 FU 54 55 INTERRUPTOR ALTA TEMPERATURA HUMO FUEGO 28 30 aca Pa TJor 2 o 4TO 20 mA c EN IDPWCXxxx 9 60 64 66 69 72 74 76 _ 16 01 2015 11 11 2014 ALARMA HUMIDIFICADOR INTERRUPTOR BAJA PRESI N fA 11 4 selection lat INTERRUPTOR ALTA PRESI N aio Oe o E SENSOR AGUA EN EL PISO INTERRUPTOR FILTRO SUCIO SS4 1 OFF To il _ 3 35 INTERRUPTOR REMOTO AUX1 CR2 83 84 85 N T 9 gt O e n 551 PARADA GENERAL PF IMATERAU P UCCO8EVAX3 CONFORTFRESH Di 208 230V 3F 60Hz 05 AIR CONDITIONING A TA eee DIAGRAMA ELECTRICO pon INSTALA U aI EDITADO EN CONEXI N DE BOBINA CONTACTOR MOTOR CONDENSADOR 8 71 CENTRO DE COMPUTO 801 2 DE 4 PLANO N EDITADO PARA LA FABRICACI N 0828 300 02 CONVENCIONES CB BREAKER TERMOMAGNETICO BORNERA DE POTENCIA MR CONTACTOR CALENTADOR 55 INTERRUPTOR FU FUSIBLE 7 CAP CAPACITOR elia gt SFS INTERRUPTOR DE FILTRO SUCIO MAX 20A SF SENSOR FUEGO CB SBU UNIDAD GENERADORA DE VAPOR BP pu ES u SH INTERRUPTOR DETECTOR DE HUMO LI Cam S MHU CONTACTOR HUMIDIFICADOR 16 MB CONTACTOR BLOWER BER hu MV CONTA
96. C nel formato n nn 32 HF Logic of the alarm relay Out 6 Selects the logic of the relay normally energised or de energised and the category of alarms which activate this relay see Tab 5 on p 35 0 Relay de energised for all alarms 1 Relay energised for all alarms 2 Helay de energised only for serious alarms 3 Relay energised only for serious alarms Range 0to3 flags Def 0 HG Delay on start up Sets the delay time on each switching from stand by to ON or POWER ON During this phase the green LED is on but all actuators remain off Range 0to300s Def 0 HH USER password Sets the value of the user password to access the User parameters Range 0t0200 Def 22 Hi Keypad lock Prevents non authorised personnel from modifying the parameters 0 nolock 1 locks all parameter modification alarm reset and hour counter functions except for access to the user password and switching off via keypad the lock symbol appears on the display Range 0to1 flag Def 0 HL Parameter sets Allows various configurations of parameter levels see Tab 2 of parameters at the start of chapter 6 Range 0to3 flags Def 0 Hn Select data shown on display Selects which values are shown on the display in normal conditions temperature and humidity read by the probes or the set point or if the clock board is present the current time In the latter two cases pressing the button y shows the values read by the probes 0
97. CM www theDealerToolbox com gt genteqg ecm capacitors blowers motors About the Company When Regal Beloit acquired General Electric s Commercial and HVACR Motors and Capacitors businesses in 2004 it also acquired the rights to use the GE brand through 2009 With this rebranding the Genteg logo will take the place of GE ECM GE Commercial Motors and GE Capacitors logos on all branded products For more information on the brand change please visit www GenteqMotors com 2010 Genteq ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 This material has been created and distributed for the purpose of education and to encourage best practices of the HVAC industry The integrity of the industry we share is the responsibility of every one working in it including its educators to uphold the faith of the consumers who put their trust in us as professionals Genteq 1946 Cook Road Fort Wayne IN 46818 260 416 5400 copyright theDealerToolbox com The ECM Textbook Copyright 2010 The text and images in this document are not to be modified without express written permission of Genteg This document as a whole may be reproduced and distributed but not sold for educational purposes This document as a whole may be included in the bulk of other education material that is for sale with express written permission of Gented Please direct any questions on permission to use the text or images included in this material to copyri
98. CTOR MOTOR VENTILADOR AR lt PROTECTOR DE FASES may olv gt TR TRANSFORMADOR ue Sc INTERRUPTOR DE FLUJO DE AIRE SAT INTERRUPTOR ALTA TEMPERATURA i3 EE PL PILOTO ROJO ADVERTENCIA 79 15 SSR INTERRUPTOR REMOTO LS ELECTRODOS M XIMO NIVEL 52 cs CS ELECTRODOS DE MEDIR CONDUCTIVIDAD p DVS SOLENOIDE VALVULA DRENAJE ue B SVS SOLENOIDE VALVULA DE LLENADO ECA ELECTRODOS 3 EN MODELO DE 3 FASES STH SENSOR TEMPERATURA Y HUMEDAD 2 CR RELEVO an J SAP SENSOR AGUA PISO LP INTERRUPTOR BAJA PRESION HP INTERRUPTOR ALTA PRESI N LSS SOLENOIDE CPD203D O BORNERA DE INTERCONEXION i UU m CABLEADO EN OBRA DELIMITACION EQUIPO NOTAS 1 SUMINISTRO E INSTALACION POR OTROS BEEN REFERENCIA 2 CONTINUACI N PLANO 0828 300 01 AN U C EVAX3 CONFORTFRESH ACABADO DNA 208 230V 3F 60Hz M DESCRIPCION fF REVS asis DIAGRAMA ELECTRICO ESCALA TT Lo 11 11 2014 pmo PARA FABRICACION rs L CENTRO DE COMPUTO 8 0TR 1 0828B 300 03 UCCOSEVAXI CALENTADOR ALETAS cant 4 FLA 15 91 COMPRESOR RLA 27 9 cant 1 LRA 164 0 MOTOR EVAPORADOR cant 2 FLA 7 6 HUMIDIFICADOR cant 1 FLA 10 CPV REI3096XB3 MOTOR CONDENSADOR cant 1 FLA 4 6 NOTAS 1 SUMINISTRO E INSTALACION POR OTROS 2
99. DDD D CPF 130 t Impostazione fasce orarie Time band setting UUDD 0 2 flags 1 0 0 disabilitate disabled 1 vent al min con monitoriz della temp fan on min with temp monitoring 2 On off ON OFF 14 Manuale cod 4030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 OO gt e Compressore Compressor Tempo minimo di On Minimum ON time Tempo minimo di Off Minimum OFF time Tempo tra 2 accensioni Time between 2 start ups Ritardo accensione tra i 2 compressori ON delay between the 2 compressors Ritardo spegnimento tra i 2 compressori OFF delay between the 2 compressors Rotazione compressori Compressor rotation 0 disabilitata disabled 1 abilitata enabled Ritardo accensione comp dalla partenza ventilatore mandata Delay comp ON from supply fan start up Soglia contaore per il compressore Hour counter threshold for the compressor 0 disabilitato disabled Contaore compressore 1 Hour counter compressor 1 Contaore compressore 2 Hour counter compressor 2 Ventilatori Fans Modalit funzionamento ventola Fan operating mode 0 sempre On always ON 1 regolazione velocit in proporzionale Se utilizzato in condensazione mantiene il ventilatore al minimo anche sotto il valore espresso da F5 1 proportional speed regulation lf used in condensation the fan is kept at minimum even below the value of F5 HL T 0 U U U U 1 ani w
100. HA 6 7 Supply fan 2 HA 6 7 Temp ripresa Inlet temp Temp aria esterna per compensazione 1 Hc External air temp for compensation 1 Umidit ambiente 2 Hd Ambient humidity 2 Ha Temp mandata 3 1 Supply temp 3 1 Valvola freddo caldo H1 H5 Cool heat valve H1 H5 Valvola freddo caldo H1 H5 Cool heat valve H1 H5 Resistenza 1 H6 Heating element 1 H6 Resistenza 2 H6 Heating element 2 H6 Vent mandata 1 Supply fan 1 Allarme HF Alarm HF Deumidifica umidifica HA Dehumid humid HA Allarme HA Alarm HA Rotazione H2 Rotation H2 Vent di mandata 2 HA 6 7 Supply fan 2 HA 6 7 Uscite analogiche Connettore 1 Analogue outputs Connector 1 YI Controllo umidificatore 2 H8 Humidifier control 2 H8 Y2 Ventilatore mandata Hb Supply fan Hb Controllo umidificatore 2 H8 Humidifier control 2 H8 Ventilatore mandata Hb Supply fan Hb ED On Off remoto HE 1 Remote ON OFF HE 1 Flussostato Flow controller Filtro sporco Filter dirty All esterno ingresso per rotazione pi unit dipende da Pb H2 HA External alarm input for rotation of a series of units depends on Pb H2 HA Allarme umidif H8 1 Humidif alarm H8 1 Alta press C1 High press C1 Bassa press C1 Low press C1 Alta press C2 High press C2 Term comp H5 Comp thermal H5 Bassa press C2 Low press Termico ventilatore
101. I 1 5 kg h reduced 5 5 Ibs hr R5 3 kg h reduced 6 6 Ibs hr U 208 Vac 1 phase D 230 Vac 1 phase KUE 1 1 phase ext 1 phase with TAM 1 amp 3 phase ext 1 amp 3 phase with N 01 1 5 kg h 3 3 lbs hr U 208 Vac 1 phase D 230 Vac 1 phase 03 3 kg h 6 6 Ibs hr U 208 Vac 1 phase D 230 Vac 1 phase W 208 Vac 3 phase K 230 Vac 3 phase L 400 Vac 3 phase M 460 Vac 3 phase KUE 2 3 1 amp 3 phase ext TAM 4 1 amp 3 phase with TAM 05 5 kg h 11 Ibs hr U 208 Vac 1 phase D 230 Vac 1 phase W 208 Vac 3 phase K 230 Vac 3 phase L 400 Vac 3 phase M 460 Vac 3 phase N 575 Vac 3 phase 08 8 kg h 17 Ibs hr W 208 Vac 3 phase K 230 Vac 3 phase L 400 Vac 3 phase M 460 Vac 3 phase N 575 Vac 3 phase 3 1 8 3 phase ext 4 1 8 3 phase with TAM 09 kg h 20 Ibs hr U 208 Vac 1 phase D 230 Vac 1 phase 10 10 kg h 22 Ibs hr 15 15 kg h 33 Ibs hr W 208 Vac 3 phase K 230 Vac 3 phase L 400 Vac 3 phase M 460 Vac 3 phase N 575 Vac 3 phase KUE 4 3 1 amp 3 phase ext TAM 25 25 kg h 55 lbs hr 35 35 kg h 77 lbs hr 45 45 kg h 100 Ibs hr W 208 Vac 3 phase K 230 Vac 3 phase L 400 Vac 3 phase M 460 Vac 3 phase N 575 Va
102. OWI BLCTIBOOWI BLCT2B00WO0 BLCT3B00W0 BLCTACOOWO BLCTABOOWO conductivity 350 to 1250 uS cm 400 VAC3 BLCTRCOOWI BLCT2B00WO0 BLCT3B00W0 BLCTACOOWO BLCT4Coowo BLCTABOOWO conductivity 125 to 350 uS cm BLCTRDOOWI BLCTI COOWI BLCT2COOWO BLCT3COOWO conductivity 350 to 750 uS cm MARS BLCTRDOOWI BLCTADOOWO BLCTADOOWO BLCTACOOWO conductivity 350 to 1250 uS cm 400 VAC 3 460 575 VAC 3 460 575 VAC 3 460 VAC 3 BLCTRLOOWI BLCTIBOOWI conductivity 125 to 350 uS cm 460 VAC3 BLCTRMOOWI BLCTIDOOWI BLCT4DOOWO BLCT4DOOWO conductivity 350 to 1250 uS cm 575 VAC 3 cum 575 VAC 3 condiviso sso YT Besso electrode kit 40004 KITBLCT2A0 KITBLCT3A0 KITBLCT4Bo KITBLCT4B0 LI electrode kit n 74 1 KITBLCT2B0 KITBLCT3B0 KITBLCTABO KITBLCT4B0 ass electrode kit KITBLCT2B0 KITBLCT3BO KITBLCTACO KITBLCTACO KITBLCTABO 400 VAC 3 125 to 350 uS cm electrode kit sorso eo mmo electrode kit electrode kit o Towson C me mm 460 575 VAC 3 125 to 350 uS cm electrode kit 460 575 3 350 to 1250 uS cm electrode kit 460 VAC3 125 to 350 pS cm Wa 1 5 KITBLCTACO KITBLCTACO KITBLCT4DO KITBLCT4DO KITBLCT4DO KITBLCT4DO EM KITBLCTADO KITBLCT4DO electrode kit 460 VAC3 350 to 1250 pS om electrode kit 575 VAC 125 to 350 uS cm electrode kit 575 VAC 3
103. P B5 6 duration of the drain to dilute cycles Duration default O m z Duration default 30 O 2 Duration default 33 2 7 Duration default 66 O 2 s m Parameters b8 b9 manual calibration of the drain to dilute cycles Parameters b8 and b9 can be used to set the frequency and the duration of the drain to dilute cycles respectively increasing b8 decreases the frequency of the drain cycles and vice versa increasing b9 increases the duration of the drain cycles and vice versa b8 and b9 can usually be set via network b8 integer variable 24 range 5090 20090 default 1000 b9 integer variable 33 range 5090 20090 default 100 The recommended calibration procedure is described below Always wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles after each change to monitor the effect Calibration procedure using parameters b8 and b9 1 Set b8 110 2 Decrease b8 in steps of 10 minimum value 50 3 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles a if the phenomena disappear stop b otherwise I if b8 gt 50 repeat from step 2 II if b8 50 minimum continue on below 4 If b9 200 increase b9 in steps of 10 maximum value 200 and repeat from 1 otherwise contact aftersales carel com 14 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 The calibration procedure is explained schematically below b8 b9 110 100 100 Wait a couple of a drain to
104. PSI Esto implica las precauciones correspondientes en su interconexi n con el sistema de refrigeraci n externo Al recibirse el equipo y al abrir los extremos de las tuber as de las v lvulas de l quido y succi n se revisar la presencia de presi n la cual debe estar en el nivel indicado En caso de encontrarse ndices de presiones bajas o nulas se verificar la posible existencia de fugas que podr an haber sido ocasionadas por mal manejo del equipo durante su transporte procedi ndose a efectuar los reportes correspondientes transportador y dependencias responsables en el despacho del equipo PRECAUCION Si la unidad tiene que ser desmontada para ser transportada a su lugar de operaci n la garant a de la f brica se anular Por favor avise para desarrollar las alternativas en este caso Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 5 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM Carretilla hidr ulica Equipo recomendado para el traslado de la unidad UCC Si es posible traslade la unidad con un montacargas carretilla hidr ulica aseg rese que las horquillas si son ajustables est n separadas a la distancia necesaria y se ajuste a la plataforma Ratif quese de que la longitud de la horquilla sea la apropiada para la longitud de la unidad CONFORTFRESH YN AIR CONDITIONING 5 UBICACI N Para la unidad UCC unidad interior es impor
105. RTFRESH COM 16 PLANO FISICO Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 15 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com HOJA DE DATOS EQUIPO MODELO COMPRESOR REFRIGERANTE SERPENTIN ENFRIAMIENTO SERPENTIN EXPANSION DIRECTA FILA FPI AREA CONEXIONES VENTILADOR MODELO MOTOR FILTROS RECALENTAMIENTO BTUH TOTAL KW TOTAL ETAPAS HUMIDIFICACION CICLO PRODUCCION CONSUMO GABINETE ESTRUCTURA BANDEJA DRENAJE TAPAS LATERALES Y CIERRES AISLAMIENTO INTERIOR PINTURA EXTERIOR DRENAJE CONEX ELECTRICAS 1 CENTRO DE COMPUTO CONDENSACION POR AIRE UCCOSEVAX3D COPELAND SCROLL ZP83KCE TF5 208 230V 3F 60HZ 27 9 RLA 164 0 LRA R 410A TUBO COBRE ALETA ALUMINIO SER DX 11 1 0314 40R 3 14 11 1 PIE TOTAL SUCCION 1 1 8 O D LIQUIDO 1 2 2 CENTRIFUGO ALETAS CURVAS HACIA ADELANTE A12 9AT 1 COMPACTO 4800 CFM 800 RPM 2 3 C A PRESION ESTATICA TOTAL 1 0 H P 1050 RPM VELOCIDAD VARIABLE 230V 1F 60C FRAME 48 EJE 1 7 6 FLA 230V CELL 60 65 EFFIC 20 x 24 x 4 NOMINAL CELL 90 95 EFFIC 20 x 24 x 4 NOMINAL RESISTENCIA ELECTRICA TUBULAR ALETEADA 49 350 BTUH 14 1 KW 230V 3F 60HZ 2 TIPO CANISTER AUTOMATICO 13 Kg h 9 4 KW 230V 3F 60HZ ANGULO ACERO 1 x 1 x 3 16 LAMINA ACERO INOX CAL 18 LAMINA GALVANIZADA CAL 20 CAL 18 AEROCOR REFORZADO 1 ESPESOR EN POLVO HORNEABLE POLIESTER GRIS SATINADO 3 4 NPT HEMBRA 11 2 CONDUIT
106. Range 0106005 Def 150 6 6 1 Heating cooling valve and damper management If the actuator for the control of heating or cooling is of a three point valve when the instrument is connected to the power supply it goes to PRE START status the symbols on the display immediately indicate the status of the actuators required by the regulation the valves on the other hand are completely closed for a period equal to the value set by parameter H7 10 This allows a realignment of the position of the latter before beginning regulation During normal operation temperature control occurs by opening or closing the valve with minimum variations of 5 of total stroke If the valve is required to open to more than 90 the control first completely opens the valve for a period proportional to the total time H7 and longer than that necessary before returning to the value required In the same way if the valve is required to close below 10 the control completely closes it before returning to the position of the required value To adjust for any small valve movements when the latter is operating either completely open or closed the control forces the complete opening or closing every 10 minutes or 60 minutes in stand by or time band sleep mode for a period of H7 2 seconds These procedures like the complete closing of the valve on instrument start up allow the degree of opening of the valve to be accurately calculated even if there is no direct re
107. The power supply to the G and GO and the MCHRTF A0 board must be in phase In the event where for example the power supply to the system is three phase ensure that the primary of the power supply transformer to the board is connected to the same phase connected to terminals N and L on the speed regulation board as a result do not use 380Vac 24Vac transformers for the power supply to the control if phase and neutral are used to directly power the speed regulation board Connect the ground terminal of the MCHRTF A0 module where present to the ground of the electrical panel Fig 38 9 3 Clock board To enable the clock time band and alarm log functions insert the MAC2CLK000 board and perform the following procedure disconnect power from the LAC insert the MAC2CLK000 on the I O board see Fig 5 reconnect power to the regulator set the date and time and delete the alarm log see paragraph 7 3 Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 10 Caratteristiche tecniche Caratteristiche tecniche Alimentazione Corrente massima assorbita Potenza trasformatore per AC e ingressi digitali Campo utilizzo Precisione misura esclusa sonda Risoluzione Condizioni di funzionamento Condizioni di immagazzinameto Ingressi analogici Ingressi digitali Uscite analogiche Uscite digitali Lunghezza max cavi sonde NTC Lunghezza max cavi ingressi digitali Lunghezza max
108. UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 3 LIMITES DE OPERACI N lt AIR CONDITIONING Las unidades UCC tienen unos l mites de operaci n con respecto al voltaje humedad y temperatura de condensaci n que se detallan en la tabla No 1 TABLA No 1 LIMITES DE OPERACION CARACTERISTICAS ELECTRICAS TEMPERATURA F AIRE ENTRANDO AL CONDENSDADOR REMOTO TEMPERATURA HUMEDAD VOTAE 000 RANGO CONTROL 18 3 65 08 220 3 60 208 230 4 TRANSPORTE El equipo se encuentra soportado sobre una estiba de madera para sus desplazamientos a los sitios de instalaci n que ser realizada a trav s de alg n tipo de transporte Para la ubicaci n del equipo en los sitios de obra deber tenerse en cuenta el equipo necesario desde un montacargas o una gr a de brazo escualizable para sitios altos En el caso de empelar cables para izar el equipo deber protegerse el gabinete con madera para evitar que el cable da e la superficie del equipo Cuando el equipo sea izado deber tenerse en cuenta que el centro de gravedad se encuentra desplazado hacia el compartimiento de 105 compresores que son los elementos mas pesados 50 104 18 25 10 Una vez la unidad est en el lugar es necesario quitar las estibas que sostienen el equipo y nivelar el equipo para su operaci n Las unidades UCC son despachas de f brica presurizadas a un valor cercano de 200
109. UF UU 60 60 C 0 1 0 0 Calibration probe B1 10 8 10 8 F 7 Calibrazione sonda B2 UF UU 60 60 01 0 0 1 0 Calibration probe B2 10 8 10 8 F 8 Calibrazione sonda B3 Calibration probe B3 U F U U 10 0 10 0 rH bar 0 1 00 2 0 9 Calibrazione sonda B4 UF UU 60 60 01 0 0 3 0 Calibration probe B4 10 8 108 F Filtro digitale Digital filter Ug U E 1 EN 1 4 0 Limitazione ingresso Input limit UF UU 1 15 1 8 C Unit di misura 0 C 1 F Unit of measure 0 C 1 F UEM U 1 flag 1 0 r Regolatore Tipo Type Min Max UM Var Def Pres Nuovo Probes HL 0 1 2 3 Max Var Def Pres New 1 Set Point temperatura estate Temperature Set Point cooling DIES CF 0 1 2 Differenziale raffreddamento D MA 0 1 BEEN C 0 1 3 0 Cooling differential 01 19 8 F 3 Differenziale riscaldamento DEM 0 1 C 0 1 2 0 Heating differential 0 1 F 4 Zona neutra per la temperatura DDDD 01 200 0 1 1 0 Temperature dead zone 01 36 0 F 5 Set Point umidit Humidity Set Point DDDOD rc rd 1 0 12 0 6 Differenziale umidificazione Humidification differential DEN I 20 1 2 0 7 Differenziale deumidificazione Dehumidification differential DDDD 1 20 rH 1 120 8 Zona neutra per l umidit Humidity dead zone DDDD 0 20 1 2 12 0 9 Set Point temperatura inverno Temperature Set Point heating DDDD rb 01 18 0 Set minimo temperatura anche per comp
110. V three phase 1 1 Description of the components KUE 1 KUE 2 KUE 3 description Load bearing frame Cylinder Drain solenoid valve 90 revolving drain connector tralght drain connector supplied upply tank conductivity meter ill solenoid valve no description 4 4 4 4 4 i 4 i toadbearingfame 2 Olinder 3 Drainsolenoidvalve 4 90 revolving drain connector 6 Fillsolenoidvave Table 1 a Fig 1 a CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 7 OEM no description 4 4 i For the detalls of the components see Chap 3 Table 1 b description Load bearing frame Drain pump 4 Supply drain manifold 41 Table 1 c Fig 1 C CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 8 OEM CP control boards also see instruction sheet 050003765 for the boards Fig 1 d Fig 1 e External TAM current transformer required only for boards CP1 and CP3 Fig 1 f refers to the following table for the description 2 flowlimiter 5 overlowpipe electrodes for measuring the j conductivity 7 supply tank overflow EE Fi i x electrodes 2 6 in the single phase i Fig 1 Table 1 d 1 1 14 15
111. WWW CONFORTFRESH COM UNIDAD DE PRECISION wa gt 19 m _ mi 4 45 at CONFORTFRESH YO AIR CONDITIONING info confortfresh com CONFORTFRESH AIR CONDITIONING UNIDAD DE PRECISION e UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 28 i WWW CONFORTFRESH COM MANUAL DE INSTALACI N Y SERVICIO TABLA DE CONTENIDO 1 DESCRIPCION GENERAL 2 NOMENCLATURA 3 LIMITES DE OPERACION 4 TRANSPORTE 5 UBICACION 6 CONDENSADOR REMOTO 7 TUBERIAS 8 CONEXIONES ELECTRICAS 9 MONITOR DE VOLTAJE 10 PROCEDIMIENTO DE CONTROL PARA INSTALACION 11 CONTROL ELECTRONICO 11 1 DESCRIPCION GENERAL 11 2 ARRANQUE INICIAL 11 3 CICLO DE ENFRIAMIENTO 11 4 REGULACION DE LA HUMEDAD 11 5 RECALENTAMIENTO 12 AJUSTES DE CONTROLES 13 DATOS ELECTRICOS 14 MANTENIMIENTO 15 MANUAL DE PARTES 16 PLANO FISICO 17 DIAGRAMAS ELECTRICOS 18 MANUAL DEL CONTROLADOR 19 HOJA DE DATOS Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 1 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM INSTRUCCIONES A SU DISPOSICION ADVERTENCIA Una manipulaci n instalaci n 0 reparaci n incorrecta puede provocar da os al equipo lesiones o incluso la muerte El mantenimiento y la reparaci n de este equipo deben estar a cargo solo de personal con capacitaci n especializada Lea todas las instrucciones de seguridad instalac
112. a hardware reset com dip switch A2 mand via RS485 The alarm codes are displa by default the alarm relay is N O yed even if the causes have been resolved switch the The action of the relay is cumula Disable The CP board Automatic reset CP board OFF and tive and is activated when at least shuts down the no action required send a reset command one alarm occurs OEM RS485 to cancel the alarm the example shown below refers Manual reset to re start messages to an N O contact opposite for switch the cp board off the N C configuration and on or send an alarm the contact is closed when at reset command via rs485 least one alarm is activated the contact is open when all the N B the table below shows the causes of the alarms have been type of reset for each disabling eliminated and all the alarms alarm have been reset N B set dipswitch A2 as required Warning The CP board do Automatic reset es not shuts down no action required N B not all the alarms are the OEM associated with the alarm relay see the table below Tab 5 16 40500035765 rel 2 0 1702 11 LIST OF ALARMS IMPORTANT BEFORE WORKING ON ANY OF THE COMPONENTS REMEMBER TO SWITCH THE UNIT OFF RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK EN iiid Red LED 2short Excess electrode 1 Conductivity of the water The water conductivity must Shut Bu Active current current ma too high be between 125 and1250 uS down ximum limits
113. a specific amount of speed RPM and torque current delivered to the motor Each HVAC OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer creates a special program unique to the model and size unit the variable speed ECM will be used in This program provides multiple airflow and comfort options for each demand of the system the motor is installed in and any of the possible connected components To summarize the variable speed motor is operated by two programs The HVAC OEM program determines what amount of airflow is needed by demand and the constant airflow program makes sure that selected amount of airflow is maintained even if external static pressure changes 2010 Genteq 3 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Operation The variable speed ECM is a dual voltage motor The 120VAC or 240VAC single phase power is supplied through the 5 pin connector to the motor at all times even if there is no demand for airflow This power is what operates the internal electronics and drives the motor The low voltage or serial communication that is sent to the motor from the HVAC OEM control board through the 16 pin connector 4 pin on latest model 3 0 is a combination of the HVAC OEM programming the installer s selections of airflow and comfort settings and the current demand of the system heat cool fan This is the information the motor control requires to determine how much torque and speed the motor will need for proper airflow of each system demand ECM 3
114. a unidad Cualquier trabajo de reparaci n en el control electr nico podr a necesitar de un t cnico electr nico la f brica o su distribuidor de PARAMO in ely Mo local podr n proporcionar el soporte tecnico interruptor del manual llevar a cabo cualquiera de las actividades proporcionado en el panel de aa control del humidificador Verifique los puntos de ajuste NE TABLA No 8 ACTIVIDADES DE Be 10 gt conto ES Gz presion ANTENIMIENTO Verifique los puntos de ajuste en el controlador DESCRIPCION DISIMISIA Borre las alarmas m s viejas de n I N la memoria A M N U i i Verifique el ajuste del soporte A A A del L L ventilador Lubrique los rodamiento de las Verifique temperatura de chumaceras en los ventiladores operaci n y humedad si aplica Aplique grasa a los ejes para evitar la corrosi n Verifique el ajuste de las conexiones el ctricas de potencia Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 13 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com Verifique nuevas alarmas en el panel de control Verifique presiones de operaci n Verifique los voltajes y amperajes de operaci n UNIDAD DE PRECISION ee q UCCOSGEVAXJ3 CPV RE13096XB3 YN AIR CONDITIONING WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 15 MANUAL DE PARTES Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 14 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com The ECM Textbook Table of Contents Overview of ECM Technology Indoor Blower Motors o Variable Speed ECM o Constant Torque E
115. a viene posta in stand by come fosse stato premuto il tasto On Off Anche in questo caso la pressione del tasto On Off attiva la macchina fino al successivo orario di commutazione in Off b 7 3 Storico allarmi AI verificarsi di un allarme vengono memorizzati automaticamente il codice dell allarme l ora il minuto e la data in cui si verificato fino ad un massimo di 300 segnalazioni Al raggiungimento della dimensione massima vengono cancellati gli eventi pi vecchi Il codice 1 indica sempre l allarme pi recente Visualizzazione storico allarmi Per visualizzare la lista degli allarmi memorizzati premere il tasto t seguito dal tasto Alarm Pra IS 8 Sel Pra IS 8 m v E Clear __ 2 Viene mostrato il codice dell ultimo allarme verificatosi e con successive on off alarm 4 enter on off alarm f pressioni di Sel l ora il minuto e la data Con t e y possibile scorrerli Visualizzando una posizione in cui non sia memorizzato alcun allarme al posto del codice verranno mostrati dei trattini La visualizzazione comprende un indice incrementale sul campo di destra che individua la posizione corrente l indicazione della centinaia compare nel campo di sinistra 1 rES 55 per indicare che si effettuato un reset della macchina e la posizione la 155 Fig 35 Cancellazione storico allarmi All interno della visualizzazione dello storico si pu cancellare l in
116. able On termination the display of the percentage of visualizzazione della percentuale di umidit se presente per 6 s humidity if present returns for 6 seconds 8 1 Tabella allarmi 8 1 Table of alarms n Cod Descrizione Description Delay Reset Buzz Alarm Ci C2 R2 Sys ON Fan Hum Dehum Out6 Outi Out3 Out Outs Y2 Y1 Out7 1 EI sonda B1 probe B1 1 min P5 ON ON A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 2 sonda B2 probe B2 1 min P ON SES sonda B3 probe B3 1 min P5 ON ON OFF OFF 4 Es sonda B4 probe B4 1 min PS ON 5 EEPROM boot imed auto OFF OFF OFF 6 EEPROM run imed auto MEL rete insuff insuff power imed auto 8 HI alta press C1 high press C1 imed man OFF 9 H2 alta press C2 high press C2 imed man ON OFF 10 L1 bassa press C1 low press C1 PS ON OFF 11 L2 bassa press C2 low press C2 5 OFF 12 F1 filtro sporco filter dirty imed 5 IS lal flusso flow P1 2 P5 ON ON A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 14 FA fumo fuoco smoke fire imed P5 ON ON A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 15 CF
117. acceso in deum 2 fan selection on during deum 7 selezione a 2 vent spento in deum 2 fan selection off during deum Funzione uscita Y2 taglio di fase Function of output Y2 phase cut 0 controllo velocit ventilatore mandata supply fan speed control 1 controllo velocit ventilatore condensazione tramite B3 1 condensation fan speed control using B3 2 controllo velocit ventilatore condensazione tramite B2 2 condensation fan speed control using B2 Funzione della sonda B2 Function of probe B2 FF 3 flag 1 0 41 0 compensazione compensation 1 free cooling tramite 0 10V free cooling using 0 10V 2 free cooling tramite Out3 Out4 free cooling using Out3 Out4 3 free cooling On Off con Out3 free cooling ON OFF with Out3 4 controllo condensazione condensation control Funzione della sonda B3 Function of probe B3 FEM F 1 flag 1 0 12 0 0 controllo umidit humidity control 1 controllo condensazione condensation control Ingresso digitale ON OFF ON OFF digital input UUUU 0 1 flag 1 1 0 assente absent 1 presente present Logica del rel di allarme Alarm relay logic URW U HEI 0 3 flags 1 1 0 diseccitato in allarme per tutti gli allarmi 0 de energised in alarm for all alarms 1 eccitato in allarme per tutti gli allarmi energised in alarm for all alarms 2 diseccitato in allarme solo per gli allarmi gravi 2 de energised in alarm only for serious alarms 3 eccitato in allarme solo per
118. al porque puede haber recomendaciones diferentes a las sugeridas en la tabla No 6 CALENTADOR MOTOR ALETAS COND a 1 CPV RE13096XB3 FLA FLA amps c u amps c u amps Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 12 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION ES UCCOSEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM DESCRIPCION D S M S A 14 MANTENIMIENTO A M N MU R A S I N U S L A A ADVERTENCIA E Elm A L Una manipulaci n instalaci n o reparaci n Verifique en las mirillas de incorrecta puede provocar da os al equipo lesiones l quido la presencia de o incluso la muerte humedad en los circuitos El mantenimiento y la reparaci n de este equipo Verifique se ales de l quido deben estar a cargo solo del personal capacitado retornando al compresor condenaci n de agua en la Lea todas las instrucciones de seguridad instalaci n carcasa del compresor y operaci n Limpie los serpentines del condensador remoto Respete todas las advertencias que aparecen en Limpie el serpent n evaporador este manual La frecuencia de todas las actividades del Verifique los puntos de ajuste mantenimiento preventivo se indica en la tabla No 8 de los controles de presi n por favor est seguro conocer bien los Verifique la tensi n de la procedimientos y tener disponible las herramientas correas y la alineaci n de la que se requieren antes de hacer cualquier trabajo en poleas l
119. alimentato l ingresso ID1 per On Off remoto accende la macchina quando alimentato l ingresso ID7 per Estate Inverno abilita il funzionamento invernale quando e alimentato Y1 uscita 0 10 non optoisolata riferita al potenziale di alimentaz GO carico massimo 10 mA 1KQ Y2 1 uscita a taglio di fase per regolatori CAREL MCHRTF 0A0 impulsiva a frequenza di rete configurabile da parametri utente a modulazione di larghezza di impulso PWM o di posizione con tensione a vuoto di 4 8 V 10 su carico minimo di 1KQ OUT1 5 5 SSR 24 Vac 1 A optoisolate in tre gruppi rispetto G Go con corrente minima 20 mA Inoltre i 3 gruppi C1 2 OUT1 OUT2 C3 4 OUT3 OUT4 C5 OUT5 sono isolati fra di loro ed il relativo isolamento di tipo funzionale tensione lt 50 V GND e GO sono internamente connessi OUT6 C6 1 rele 220 Vac contatto in scambio contatti protetti da varistori 250 Vac OUT7 C7 1 rel 220 Vac contatto normalmente aperto contatti protetti da varistore 250 Vac Corrente max dei rel 2 A resistiva e induttiva secondo VDE 0631 per 100 000 commutazioni a 85 C 50m 100m 100m 50m 1C microinterruzione 100 000 rinforzato rinforzato principale 250 V Categoria D autoestinguente UL94 VO IP55 normale lungo A Categoria Il Pin strip per scheda seriale Rs485 optoisolata MAC2SERO00 opzionale Pin strip per scheda orologio MAC2CLK000 opzionale Connettore per chiave di programmazione Connettore per agg
120. allation is completed flush the supply hose for around 30 minutes by piping the water directly into the drain without sending it into the humidifier This will eliminate any scale or processing residues that may block the fill valve or cause foam when boiling 5 1 Preliminary checks Before starting the humidifier check that e the water and electrical connections and the steam distribution system have been completed according to the instructions contained in this manual the water shut off tap to the humidifier 15 open the line fuses are installed and intact terminals AB on the CP control board are jumpered or connected to the remote ON OFF contact also check that the ON OFF contact Is closed the steam outlet pipe is not choked 5 2 Starting 5 2 1 Starting with an empty cylinder This phase will be performed automatically when the unit is started the rated production will be reached after a certain time this times depends considerably on the conductivity of the supply water and may last a number of some hours CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 27 OEM 6 MAINTENANCE AND SPARE PARTS 6 1 Replacing the cylinder IMPORTANT WARNING the cylinder may be hot Allow it to cool before touching it or use protective gloves To access the cylinder completely drain the water contained in the cylinder turn the appliance off and open the mains power disconnecting switch safety procedure open and remove the cover remove the
121. am line line line dehumid 4 alarm air flow alarm heaters alarm humid alarm outdoor temp supply air temp fan overload ul 2 GO B4 B2 102 104 106 108 ID10 101 ID3 ID5 107 ID9 L LL room temp cooling heating generic alarm filter alarm remote on off room humidity Fig 7 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 4 2 Armadio con batteria ad espansione diretta ad un 4 2 Precision unit with direct expansion battery one compressore ed una resistenza ED compressor and one heating element ED E Fig 8 Schema di collegamento Connection diagram line line line line condensator alarm dehumid E DINO 4 uy r a a ES humid Eee main ri ci 95 fan S H air flow alarm heaters alarm A DL 1 supply airtemp T n Go B4 B2 B3 ID2 104 106 108 O fan overload Eee overload E ee ees room temp E pi qu press C1 i pei out H filter alarm room humidity H M G remote on off Fig 9 8 Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 4 3 Armadi per shelter 4 3 Precision units for shelters Fig 10 Schema di collegamento Connection diagram line line line line alarm alarm 1 DI condensator fan p main r1 cl fan YO E E air flow alarm W n
122. ambi n precisa un suministro de agua externo para funcionar Si se instala o repara en forma inadecuada puede producirse una fuga de agua en la unidad Una fuga puede provocar da os graves a la propiedad y p rdida de los equipos cr ticos en el centro de datos No coloque la unidad directamente sobre ning n equipo que pudiese sufrir da os por el agua Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 2 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM CUIDADO Durante el proceso de instalacion y arranque siga con cuidado todas las instrucciones de panel de servicio El no seguir estas instrucciones b sicas puede ocasionar graves fallas o lesiones personales 1 DESCRIPCI N GENERAL Las unidades UCC de CONFORTFRESH est n dise adas para el acondicionamiento exacto del aire en ambientes de centros de c mputo o cuartos de equipo electr nico El control electr nico es de alta precisi n y regula el enfriamiento la humidificaci n y el recalentamiento del aire que pasa a trav s de la unidad Otros componentes b sicos de las unidades UCC son GABINETE La estructura principal de las unidades m s peque as est hecha en ngulo de acero de 1 Las unidades hasta el tama o 190 est n hechas en ngulo de acero 1 12 Las unidades superiores al tama o 190 usan ngulos de acero de 2 Todas las unidades tienen paneles fabricados en acero galvanizado recubiertos con pintu
123. an be moved to achieve negative pressure suction x Check and reposition clean replace z Check the correct operation of the fill valve 1 Switch the unit off and on again can the noise of the valve opening be heard I YES go to 2 II NO go to 5 2 Clean replace If the internal flow limiter installed at the valve outlet is detached from the valve the water may flow directly to the drain through the fill tank as the flow rate is too high If this is the case replace the valve 3 Replace the CP board aa Switch the unit off and con figure the TAM jumper CP1 amp CP3 or the dipswitches B7 B8 CP2 amp CP4 following the in structions supplied with the CP Switch the unit on and check if the alarm occurs again bb Check the correct operation of the TAM circuit 1 Check the signal generated by the TAM this must be between 0 2 Vac at the TAM terminals 2 External TAM only Check the correct connection between the TAM and the CP board restore the connection if necessary 3 Replace the TAM 4 Replace the CP board 20 050003765 rel 2 0 17 02 11 27 Conductivity of the mains dd The water conductivity must water too low be between 125 and1250 uS cm bring the water within the limit values shown in the table at the end of the list of alarms ee Clean the cylinder and re start 1 Switch the unit off 2 Remove the jumper between ON GND 3 short circuit DR GND 4 switch
124. an pick up time in condensation TI TI 15 anu TI TI An 2 Min Min 0 0 0 0 Min Min Max Max 300 900 900 300 300 1 300 30000 30000 30000 Max Max F4 100 15 F6 100 158 5 F8 100 30000 30000 30000 30000 900 60 U M U o M flags step step ms bar Var Def Pres Nuovo Var Def Pres New 1 60 1 0 1 0 1 30 1 0 1 0 1 20 1 0 0 0 Var Def Pres Nuovo Var Def Pres New 1 1 35 1 75 1 2 01 20 0 1 100 1 10 1 100 1 0 1 0 1 20 1 4 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 e Q Tm m Allarme Alarm Ritardo allarme di flusso dalla partenza ventilatore Flow alarm delay from fan start up Ritardo allarme di flusso durante il funzionamento Flow alarm delay during operation Ritardo allarme bassa pressione dalla partenza compressore Low pressure alarm delay from compressor ON Attivazione del buzzer Buzzer activation 0 OFF 1 14 min 15 continuo continuous Reset allarmi varie configurazioni Reset alarms various configurations Delta dal set effettivo per allarme bassa temperatura Delta from effective set point for low temperature alarm Delta dal set effettivo per allarme alta temperatura Delta from effective set point for high temperature alarm Delta dal set per allarme bassa umidit Delta from set point for low h
125. arm re TB alala EIL RS485 Ole Regolator DIP SAT Ch RATE im _ OPTIONAL Fig 4 a material not supplied by CAREL refer manual 050003765 CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 18 OEM 42 Single phase wiring diagram INTERNAL TAM CP2 1 Se LIS olala 111 POWER SUPPLY 230 Vac EV1 Relays not supplied by Carel 250 Vac 5 2 A Only for KUE 2 with 230 Vac valves otherwise direct G connection from CP to KUE with 24 Vac valves DRAIN Elettrodi immersi immersed alectrades 20 y x lt Alimentazione 24 Power Supply 24Vac Drenaggio manuale Rel di allarme Alarm relay _ Manual drainage L ved L n ss O 4 f STEAM Umidostato Humidistat barn Lx livello BOILER UNIT Regolatore estemo pasanan EZ Extemal regulator Sensore conducibilit ON OFF remoto 5 Remote ON OFF It r Jil DIP SWITCH I O OPTIONAL Fig 4 b material not supplied by CAREL refer manual 050005765 CAREL code 050221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 19 OEM 4 5 Single phase wiring diagram INTERNAL with contactor CP4 n m e Em Em Xx x u AR
126. atic pressure constant torque If ESP increases the motor will use more power current to maintain torque The motor has a programmed limit of operation to protect itself from damage due to the energy it must use to maintain torque at high external static pressures If the systems maximum total ESP is exceeded torque will not be maintained however the motor will deliver as much torque as possible without causing damage to itself The HVAC OEM can choose to wire this motor with individually wired terminals connectors plugs or both Improper wiring may result in no operation improper operation and or damage to the motor Even though changing the low voltage tap connections does change the speed of the motor it is important in theory at least to understand that these are programmed levels of torque Referring to the taps as speeds or speed taps could be confusing if the following key points are not also understood HVAC OEM could program the taps in any order they choose For example they could put the higher cooling airflow selection on Tap 1 and the lower heating airflow selection on Tap 2 Most manufacturers are programming the motor starting at Tap 1 and building in torque values respectively 2010 Genteq 13 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Each tap have a unique amount of torque programmed for a specific purpose For example switching from Tap 1 to Tap 2 may very well increase the airflow but not necessari
127. ation the quality and safety of Carel s products are guaranteed by the ISO 9001 certified design and production system as well as by the mark INDEX te MODEES AND DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPONEN Drain 7 1 1 pio Or e Gioi ss ie 7 2 INSTALLATION dimensions weights hose connections I rocoso 10 2 1 COSMO eos LEAD MM UM 10 2 2 SP sasha sa Gaya aw 12 25 ROTTI 15 2 4 Spy M 13 25 Ileana 13 2 6 Installation of th hose and condensate retur NOS 14 2 7 Characteristics of the WCET uu O 14 2 8 tl M 15 3 OEM WITH FRAME not with 24vac fill and drain valves or with 24vac fill valve and 250 drain pump 16 3 1 NN REOR NE 16 5 2 REESE DOMNUM IE M MM 16 22 A 16 3 4 A O 16 55 17 3 6 A PU RON e E 17 3 7 A ERA TR EE 17 3 8 STEREO RA e RARE E 17 3 9 A 17 G 17 E ARIE 17 A 17 li
128. ation of the cylinder clean it and if necessa ry replace it 51 Internal error in the hour ggg Switch the unit off and Warning Via RS485 or Not active counter or malfunction of again dipswitch B1 the electrical connections hhh Replace the controller ili If the problem persists contact the CAREL service department 52 The software or the III Download the correct con Shut Active configuration parameters are figuration humiSet replace down corrupted the board Tab 6 23 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 Current limits for the electrodes with 8 without current peaks in the first 20s after the contactor closes 1 Param b2 0 default phase current limits without current peaks in the first 20s after the contactor closes PICCO 2 brevi lampeggi rossi BLOCCO Amps PEAK 2 short red flahes STOP 2x1 PICCO SCARICO DI 5s max 5 scarichi all interno dello stesso ciclo NO PICCO nom di evaporazione gt RIAVVIO AUTOMATICO altrimenti 2 BREVI LAMPEGGI NO PEAK ROSSI amp BLOCCO PEAK 5s DRAIN max 5 drains in the same evaporation cycle gt AUTOMATIC RESTART otherwise 2 SHORT RED FLASHES amp STOP Tempo della chiusura del contattore 0 0 55 205 605 Time from when contactor closes Fig 8 2 Param b2 0 default phase current limits with current peaks in the first 20s after the contactor closes PICCO 2 brevi lampeggi rossi BLOCCO PEAK 2 short red flahes STOP 1
129. ble set b5 to 1000 Warning Automatic Not active b5 high water supply uS cm RS485 display conductivity alarm threshold After 1 hour if conductivity gt b5 for more than 1 hour OR Immediately if conductivity gt 5x b5 21 40500035765 rel 2 0 1702 11 8 long 9 long Conductivity probes qq Clean them DEBE short circuited 40 Water conductivity grea rr The conductivity of the water should be less than or equal to b5 IMPORTANT softening the water may worsen the problem External control signal 41 Cable broken disconnec ss Check and connect correctly Disable Automatic Active not connected correct ted not connected correctly ly 2 10V onl 42 Incorrect voltage of tt If the CP board can be acces external control signal sed via RS485 1 set A0 2 2 0 for 0 1V external signal 1 for 0 10V external signal 2 for 2 10V external signal High water level 43 Leaks from the fill valve uu Check for any leaks from Disable Automatic Active without humidification the fill valve and clean replace demand The alarm occurs if the water humidifier is shutdown or disabled contactor open fill amp drain valves closed 44 High level sensor short w If possible open the cylinder circuited and clean it 45 Malfunction of thehigh ww Make sure the electrical level sensor electrical circuit connections between the sensor and the CP board are correct rec
130. ble Fuse code JUMPER fi g 4 a A type KUESR 15 115 200 1 5 6 CPIRIC 1 100 L5 10A gG 1 5 115 208 1 5 4 CP1R1U 1 100 1 5 10A gG 1 5 113 230 1 49 CPIRID 2 100 d 1 5 10A gG KUESR 5 0 2 25 200 1 11 3 CP1R3C 2 300 d 25 16A gG 3 0 2 25 208 1 10 8 CP1R3U 2 500 d 25 16A gG 3 0 225 230 1 98 CP1R3D 1 100 2 5 16A gG KUES 1 5 115 200 1 5 6 CP101C 1 100 1 5 10A gG 1 5 115 208 1 5 4 CP101U 100 1 5 10A gG 1 5 113 230 1 49 CP101D 2 100 d 1 5 10A gG KUES1 3 0 2 25 200 I 11 3 CP103C 2 300 d 2 5 16A gG 3 0 2 25 208 1 10 8 CP103U 2 300 d 25 16A gG 30 225 230 1 98 CP103D 1 100 2 5 16A gG KUET1 3 0 2 25 200 3 6 5 CP303J 100 2 5 16A gG 30 225 208 3 62 CP303W 1 100 2 5 16A gG 30 225 230 3 56 CP303K 1 100 2 5 16A gG 5 0 2 25 400 2 5 2 CP303L 2 100 d L5 10A gG 3 0 2 25 460 3 28 CP303M 2 100 d 15 10A Gg KUES2 5 0 5 15 200 1 18 8 CP305C 2 500 d 6 0 32A Gg 5 0 5 75 208 1 18 0 CP305U 2 500 d 6 0 32A Gg 5 0 5 75 230 1 16 3 CP305D 2 500 d 6 0 32A gG KUES3 8 6 53 208 1 31 4 CP309U 500 16 0 50A gG 9 0 6 75 250 29 5 CP309D 1 500 a 10 0 40A gG 5 050003765 rel 2 0 17 02 11 OEM kg h KW Ph Inom CP board Turns TAM TAM Cable Fuse code JUMPER f
131. bles connect one end only of the shield to the ground on the electrical panel 2 Program the instrument for a more in depth description see chapter 5 Programming 3 Connect the actuators it is suggested to connect connectors 1 and 3 only after having programmed the control On this subject iavoid to connect loads exceeding the relay rating 3 5 The I O Input Output board Fig 5 shows the I O board With reference to this figure we can see in the lower part the Molex connectors 1 2 3 for the main connections in the upper part the 2nd male connector from the left to insert the key for programming the uAC or copy the existing data the fitting for the clock board optional MAC2CLK000 the fitting for the RS485 serial board optional MAC2SER000 in the centre of the board the jumper for selecting the hardware of probe 4to20mA 0to1 Vdc with default Oto1 Vdc clock opz serial RS485 opz n H C CO CO coco OO0000 DODO fuse 800 MAT 3 6 Significato degli ingressi e delle uscite La tabella seguente Pag 6 riporta il significato degli ingressi e delle uscite in funzione del tipo di macchina selezionato CW Armadio con batterie di caldo e freddo CW cool heat armadio con un unica batteria che funziona in caldo o in freddo ED armadio ad espansione diretta Shelter armadio completo di condensatore e senza umidificatore mmm E
132. bp all 17 4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS with CAREL controller model CP nn 18 4 1 mel phase wine diagram EXTERNAL TAM i ii 18 42 Single phase wiring diagram INTERNAL TAM CP2 rodi allibito 19 4 3 Single phase wiring diagram INTERNAL TAM with contactor 222 20 4 4 Sinale diagram EXTERNAL TAM WIP contactor CPS ri entes eda aire ER bd BR a e i 21 45 Threephasewirne diagram EXTERNAL TAM with contactor dd 22 46 Three phase wiring diagram INTERNAL TAM with contactor i 23 47 Three phase wiring diagram with frame INTERNAL TAM with contactor CP4 24 4 8 Single phase wiring diagram with frame INTERNAL TAM with contactor CP4 25 4 9 Three phase wiring diagram EXTERNAL TAM with contactor CP3 in 26 5o STARING CONTROL AND SHUTDOWN uu u u l tad did 27 Dal Preliminary CAC NE OR 27 5 2 E OT 27 MANTENANCEAND SPARE PARTS 5 lacca 28 6 1 Replacing MI 28 6 2 Malntenanee oe 0mMercom PONE FIG In the water is 29 6 3 Component A DIU NEL M MU MM MM 50 6 4 SPIE Pilo aa 31 6 5 Ibn 33 6 6 AR RR RR RO Pr t 33 7 OPERATING PRINCIPLE CONTROL AND OTHER FUNCTIONS uu ccscssssessssessssessssscsssscsssecsssessessssesscses
133. button Meaning Exiting the alarm log To exit the alarm log menu press the Alarm button The menu is exited in any case by time out after 60 seconds Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 9 Allarmi e segnalazioni 6 Alarms and signals Al verificarsi di un allarme la macchina esegue le seguenti azioni In the event of an alarm the machine performs the following actions attiva il buzzer e visualizza abilitato e macchina in On e activates the buzzer and display if enabled and machine ON attiva il rel d allarme secondo i parametri HF HA e activates the alarm relay according to parameters HE e visualizza il codice d allarme ed accende il relativo LED rosso e displays the alarm code and switches on the corresponding red LED In questa condizione la pressione del tasto alarm tacita il buzzer In this condition pressing the alarm button silences the buzzer Con la scomparsa degli allarmi a ripristino automatico se non sono The termination of alarms with automatic reset if no alarms with attivi degli allarmi a ripristino manuale si ha manual reset are active brings about spegnimento del buzzer e the switching off of the buzzer disattivazione del rel d allarme vedi parametro HF e the deactivation of the alarm relay see parameter HF spegnimento del LED rosso di allarme e the switching off of the red alarm LED riattivazione degli attuatori spenti a causa dell allarme
134. c reset is set parameter P5 a compressor restart is attempted 10 times then the alarm is automatic reset automatically The alarm L2 is managed only if parameter H5 2 or 4 two independent Circuits Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 F1 filtro sporco Allarme di sola segnalazione non comporta alcuna disattivazione delle uscite FL allarme flusso aria Allarme ritardato tramite i parametri P1 e P2 l intervento provoca lo spegnimento di tutti di dispositivi senza rispettare le tempistiche dei compressori e del ventilatore Se impostato il ripristino automatico parametro P5 la riaccensione delle uscite viene tentata per 10 volte FA allarme fumo fuoco Allarme configurabile tramite il parametro PE 1 Se configurato provoca lo spegnimento di tutti gli attuatori senza rispettare le tempistiche Tale allarme viene rilevato anche con la macchina in stand by CF flusso acqua Allarme configurabile solo per macchine CW tramite il parametro PF 1 Il verificarsi di tale allarme provoca la chiusura della valvola del freddo r1 allarme termico resistenze Provoca lo spegnimento immediato delle resistenze At allarme alta temperatura mandata funzione cooling Viene abilitato dalla presenza della sonda B4 parametro 2 temperatura aria mandata e dal set impostato sul parametro Pd L allarme ha un ritardo fisso di 2 minuti ed interviene solo se gli attuatori del freddo sono accesi e quelli del caldo spenti
135. c 3 phase L 400 Vac 3 phase M 460 Vac 3 phase N 575 Vac 3 phase Tab 1 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 Plug in terminal kit KITCONCPOO to be ordered when first purchasing the CP board as this is not supplied with the CP board Options External display with 3 LEDs UMKDP00000 Serial communication board CAREL Modbus protocol with gateway code GATEWAYMBO to be ordered separately TACP485000 DIN rail supports 5 pcs 5 0001 Technical specifications Power supply 24 Vac from 15 to 10 50 60 Hz Power input 9 VA solenoid valves not included 35 VA max valves included Digital outputs electrode power supply CP1 and CP2 boards 2 SPST relays 250 Vac 20 A resistive 12 A inducti relay micro switching type 1C cosq 0 4 minimum number of switching cycles 100 000 control for external contactor for electrodes CP3 and CP4 boards 1 SPST relay 250 Vac 5 A 2 minimum no of switching cycles 100 000 alarm signal relay 1 SPST relay cumulative 250 Vac 5 A 2 A AB AB remote ON OFF external voltage free contact ON contact closed Rmax with the contact closed 50 Imax with the contact closed 10 mA OFF contact open Vmax at the tips of the open contact 32 Vdc VR SET humidistat external voltage free contact for ON OFF control of production Used alternatively to the SET GND connection see Analogue inputs
136. clock man 1 26 6 5 Pz alarm management parameters P1 Flow alarm delay from fan start up Sets a delay in recognising the air flow alarm FL on fan start up delaying as well the activation of the other actuators to allow the reading of a possible flow alarm Range 0t0250s Def 20 P2 Flow alarm delay during operation Sets a delay in recognising the air flow alarm FL during the operation of the fan Range 0t090s Def 5 P3 Low pressure alarm delay from compressor start up Sets a delay in recognising the low pressure alarm on the start up of the compressor s to allow the operating conditions to be reached Range 0t0250s Def 40 P4 Buzzer activation Sets the activation time for the buzzer in the case of alarms 0 buzzer always disabled 1to14 buzzer is silenced automatically after P4 minutes 15 buzzer stays on until the alarm condition no longer exists automatic reset or until the Alarm button is pressed If after silencing the buzzer manually or automatically after a set time a new alarm occurs the buzzer is reactivated Range 01015 mins Def 0 P5 Reset alarms Allows the selection of various reset configurations manual or automatic for the alarms see Tab 3 Range 1to5 flag Def 1 P5 2 P5 3 P5 4 P5 5 auto man auto auto auto man auto auto auto man auto auto auto man auto auto man man man man man man man man man man man man man man man man auto man auto auto auto man auto auto
137. current equal to at least 1 5 times the rated current of the humidifier 2 check the operation of the drain solenoid valve the seal of the fill 2 excess current to the electrodes solenoid valve when not energised drain some of the water and re start 1 the steam distributor 15 not installed correctly too near the 1 check that the steam distributor has been installed correctly top of the duct or the condensate return is blocked 2 the system is oversized 2 decrease the steam production set on the controller the humidifier wets the duct 3 humidifier on when the fan in the duct is off 3 check the connection of a device flow switch or differential pressure switch slaving the operation of the humidifier to the fan in the duct terminals AB AB on the CP controller 1 the supply or overflow circuit has leaks 1 check the entire water circuit the humidifier wets the floor below 2 the steam outlet hose is not properly secured to the cylinder 2 check that the clamp on the steam outlet is tight Table 6 h the line thermal overload switch is activated 6 6 Alarms For the alarms see instruction sheet 050003765 which 15 an integral part of this manual CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 33 OEM 7 OPERATING PRINCIPLE CONTROL AND OTHER FUNCTIONS 7 1 Operating principle In an electrode humidifier the production of humidity 15 obtained inside a cylinder boiler containing water that 15 heated to and then held at boi
138. d at preset intervals and production restarts with an empty cylinder This function 15 useful to clear the cylinder and the filter of any viscous deposits such as those caused by water containing humus The complete periodical drain is disabled by default It can usually be enabled disabled and the times modified via network as follows Enable disable set the bit with weight 0 of parameter b1 to 1 0 integer variable 18 Compete drain time set parameter DE integer variable 35 between 1 and 120 hours The periodical drain in progress is shown by 6 short flashes of the red LED Display the software release starting from SW rel 1 7 The software release is only displayed when the CP board is powered up as follows 1 Switch the CP board off 2 Switch the CP board back on 3 The green LED comes on indicating that the board 15 powered 4 Count the number of flashes of the yellow LED e g 1 flash 5 Count the number of flashes of the red LED e g 7 flashes The count ends when the 3 LEDs come on together In the example the SW release 15 1 7 Alarms Type of alarms Type of alarm Response to the Alarm reset Alarm signal Cumulative alarm relay alarm if the causes of alarm have been resolved Shutdown The CP board e manual reset to re start switch Alarm codes each alarm is SPST relay that can work as either shuts down the the cp board off and on or displayed in sequence N O or N C contact according to OEM send
139. d dehumidification is not active Range 1t020 rH Def 2 r9 Temperature set point heating Heating set point for the model CW cool heat H1 2 This is activated by the digital input 1 7 Range rAtorb C F Def 18 0 rA Minimum temperature set point Limits the minimum value of parameters r1 and r9 With compensation of the set point using the external air probe this value also represents the lower limit for the excursion of the set point see Fig 26 Range 20torb C 4torb F Def 0 rb Maximum temperature set point Limits the maximum value of parameters r1 and r9 With compensation of the set point using the external air probe this value also represents the upper limit for the excursion of the set point see Fig 26 Range rAto60 C rAto140 F Def 50 rc Minimum humidity set point Limits the minimum value which can be set using parameter r5 Range Otord rH Def 0 rd Maximum humidity set point Limits the maximum value which can be set using parameter r5 Range rcto100 rH Def 100 rE Type of temperature regulation Selects the type of regulation 0 proportional type regulation 1 proportional integral type regulation Range 0to1 flag Def 0 rF Integration time for action Time constant for P regulation Once the set time has elapsed if the error is still constant the effect of the integral action is equal as that for proportional P l regulation guarantees maximum effective
140. d electrical efficiency and the ability to program more precise operation of the motor over a wide range of HVAC system performance needs to enhance consumer comfort 2010 Genteq 2 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Variable Speed ECM The term Variable Speed Motor was coined back in the late 19805 when the first indoor blower ECM s were introduced to the residential HVAC industry split systems and package systems 5 ton or less By function they are also called Constant Airflow Motors Both of these terms define the type or style of ECM it is programmed to function as This motor was originally produced by three manufacturers AO Smith Emerson and GE Since the early 1990 s most manufacturers have used the Genteq motor in their variable speed products The brand name for this motor is the Think Tank which covers models ECM 2 0 2 3 2 5 and 3 0 ECM 2 0 ECM 2 3 2 5 ECM 3 0 The three main benefits of this motor over conventional induction motors PSC include higher efficiency more precise and unlimited airflow selection variable speed and properly maintained airflow during changes in system static pressure constant airflow Motor The Genteg variable speed is actually built as Control two separate components The control module motor control is attached to the back of the motor module motor The variable speed motor control is programmed to provide constant airflow This is accomplished by converting the desired to
141. di condensazione in macchine di tipo ED o shelter con F1 2 Operating diagrams of the condensation fan in ED or shelter machines with F1 2 Max F8 F7 on B2 B3 USO F6 Controllo vent di condensazione Condensation fan control Fig 31 Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 6 5 P parametri per la gestione degli allarmi P1 Ritardo allarme di flusso dalla partenza ventilatore Stabilisce un ritardo nel riconoscimento dell allarme di mancanza flusso aria FL alla partenza del ventilatore ritardando anche l attivazione degli attuatori per permettere la lettura di un eventuale allarme di flusso Range 0 250 s Def 20 P2 Ritardo allarme di flusso durante il funzionamento Stabilisce un ritardo nel riconoscimento dell allarme di mancanza flusso aria FL durante il funzionamento del ventilatore Range 0 90 s Def 5 P3 Ritardo allarme bassa pressione dalla partenza compressore i Stabilisce un ritardo nel riconoscimento dell allarme di bassa pressione alla partenza del compressore i per permettere il raggiungimento di una situazione di regime Range 0 250 s Def 40 P4 Attivazione del buzzer Stabilisce il tempo di attivazione del buzzer in caso di allarme 0 buzzer sempre disabilitato 1 14 buzzer viene tacitato automaticamente trascorsi P4 minuti 15 buzzer rimane attivo fino a che non cessa la situazione di allarme a ripristino automatico oppure finch
142. dilute cycles 100 Problem resolved terminate the calibration procedure Phenomena still occurring continue on below 90 100 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles Problem resolved terminate the calibration procedure e Phenomena still occurring continue on below 80 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles 100 Problem resolved terminate the calibration procedure Phenomena still occurring continue on below 50 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles 100 Problem resolved terminate the calibration procedure e Phenomena still occurring continue on below 100 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles 110 Problem resolved terminate the calibration procedure Phenomena still occurring continue on below 90 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles 110 Problem resolved terminate the calibration procedure Phenomena still occurring continue on below 50 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles 200 Problem resolved terminate the calibration procedure Phenomena still occurring continue on below Contact aftersales carel com Soft start The soft start procedure manages each increase in demand by filling with water until production matches demand The fill cycles can alternate with boiling phases so as to increase the concentration of the water in the cylinder and thus reduce the time required to reach steady operation Note
143. dity pressure at 20mA or 1Vdc bar 6 Calibrazione sonda B1 UF UU 60 60 C 0 1 0 0 Calibration probe B1 10 8 10 8 F 7 Calibrazione sonda B2 UF UU 60 60 01 0 0 1 0 Calibration probe B2 10 8 10 8 F 8 Calibrazione sonda B3 Calibration probe B3 U F U U 10 0 10 0 rH bar 0 1 00 2 0 9 Calibrazione sonda B4 UF UU 60 60 01 00 3 0 Calibration probe 4 10 8 108 F Filtro digitale Digital filter Ug U E 1 EN 1 4 0 Limitazione ingresso Input limit UF UU 1 15 1 8 C Unit di misura 0 C 1 F Unit of measure 0 C 1 F UEM U 1 flag 1 0 r Regolatore Tipo Type Min Max UM Var Def Pres Nuovo Probes HL 0 1 2 3 Min Max Var Def Pres New 1 Set Point temperatura estate Temperature Set Point cooling DEM TA CF 0 1 20 0 2 Differenziale raffreddamento D MA 0 1 0 1 3 0 Cooling differential 01 19 8 F 3 Differenziale riscaldamento D MA 0 1 0 1 2 0 Heating differential 0 1 F 4 Zona neutra per la temperatura D MA 0 1 0 1 1 0 Temperature dead zone 01 36 0 F 5 Point umidita Humidity Set Point DDDD rc rd 1 50 12 0 6 Differenziale umidificazione Humidification differential DDDD 1 20 rH 1 4 10 0 7 Differenziale deumidificazione Dehumidification differential DDDD 1 20 rH 1 12 0 8 Zona neutra per l umidit Humidity dead zone DDDD 0 20 rH 1 2 10 0 9 Set Point temperatura inverno Temperature Set Point heating
144. e Se HA 4 o 5 l azione di deumidifica quella selezionata dal parametro H9 Se HA 6 o 7 si ha la gestione di due ventilatori di mandata il secondo collegato sull Out7 il cui ritardo di accensione dal primo fisso a 5 s mentre il primo rimane sull Out5 L attivazione viene indicata nel display dalle cifre 1 e 2 sotto il simbolo ventilatore In questo caso i termici vengono collegati all ingresso 102 e ID4 e se entrambi sono attivi viene forzato l allarme di flusso FL Range 0 5 flags Def 0 Diagrammi di regolazione della temperatura in deumidifica Low limit Set r1 B1 323 i r2 496040 1 resistenza 1 compressore 1 heating element 1 compressor Fig 21 b H9 Type of dehumidification Selects the dehumidification mode 0 1 with start up of compressor 1 2 2 with start up of both compressors 3 with capacity controlled cooling ramp it activates the output at 100 4 with fan speed reduction 5 6 7 8 combined action 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 9 no action The dehumidification function see the diagram Fig 25 on p 22 Range 0109 flags Def 0 6 6 2 Dehumidification Dehumidification management is regulated as illustrated in Fig 25 on p 22 and its activation enables the corresponding digital output out7 with HA 0 or 1 in addition other actions can be performed on other cooling and main fan actuators by selecting parameter H9 This status 15 signalled o
145. e vice versa 9 decreases it Important warning After having modified any parameters which alter the machine s configuration number of compressors presence of valve etc the alarm delays or compressor times may vary as a consequence in order to have correct operation immediately it is recommended to reset the regulator by disconnecting the power supply In addition such selections must be made with the actuators disconnected so as to avoid unwanted activation of the latter Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 6 Descrizione e configurazione dei parametri 6 Description and configuration of the parameters Sonde Tipo Type Min Max UM Var Def Pres Nuovo Probes HL 0 1 2 3 Min Max Var Def Pres New 1 Presenza sonda aria esterna B2 Presence external air probe B2 0 1 flag 1 0 0 assente absent 1 NTC CAREL TC CAREL 2 Tipo di sonda umidit press temp B3 Type of humidity oress temp probe BB F F F F 0 2 flags 1 0 0 assente absent 1 0 1Vdc 0 20mA 0 1Vdc or 0 20 2 4 20 mA 4 20mA 3 Presenza aria mandata B4 Presence supply air 4 F 1 flag 1 0 0 assente absent 1 NTC CAREL abilita allarme relativo NTC CAREL enable corresp alarm 4 Valore umidita pressione 0 mA 4mA F 5 010 Value of humidity pressure at 4mA or OVdc bar 5 Valore umidit pressione a 20mA o 1Vdc FEM F EM 100 rH 0 1 100 2 0 Value of humi
146. e C2 High pressure C2 Bassa pressione C2 Low pressure C2 3 a tre punti con apertura OUT1 chiusura su OUT2 Three point valve with opening OUT1 closing on OUT2 4 2 compressori di potenze diverse OUT1 OUT2 quello di maggior potenza collegato a OUT2 2 different power compressors OUT1 OUT2 the powerful connected to OUT2 5 2 compressori in tandem 2 compressors in tandem H6 Modalit di funzionamento delle 2 uscite caldo Out 3 Out4 Stabilisce per i modelli ED e CW H1 1 2 il tipo degli attuatori del caldo collegati 0 Nessun attuatore del caldo collegato Se il ventilatore controllato in proporzionale per ogni valore di temperatura inferiore al set esso rimane a velocit minima Alta pressione C1 High pressure C1 Alta pressione High pressure Termico ventilatore Fan overload Bassa pressione C1 Low pressure C1 Alta pressione C2 High pressure C2 Bassa pressione C2 Low pressure C2 Bassa pressione Low pressure Termico compressore Termico ventilatore Compressor overload Fan overload Tab 4 H6 Operating mode of the 2 heating outputs Out 3 Out4 Sets for models ED and CW H1 1 2 the type of the heating actuators connected 0 No heating actuator connected If the fan is controlled in proportional mode for temperature values lower than the set point this remains at minimum speed 1 1 resistenza collegata all uscita OUTS 1 1 heating element connected to output OUTS 2 2 r
147. e della password utente da impostare per accedere ai parametri USER Range 0 200 Def 22 Hi Blocca tastiera Impedisce la modifica dei parametri a personale non autorizzato 0 nessun blocco 1 blocco di tutte le funzioni di modifica parametri e reset allarmi e contaore tranne accesso alla password user e e lo spegnimento da tastiera sul display appare il simbolo del lucchetto Range 0 1 flag Def 0 HL Set di parametri Permette di ottenere varie configurazioni dei livelli di parametri vedi Tab 2 dei parametri all inizio del capitolo 6 Range 0 3 flags Def 0 Hn Selezione visualizzazione sul display Seleziona quali valori visualizzare sul display in condizioni normali temperatura e umidit lette dalle sonde oppure i set point o se presente la scheda orologio Pora corrente In quest ultimi due casi la pressione del tasto mostra i valori letti dalle sonde 0 Sonde B1 B3 se presente 1 Set point di temperatura e umidit se presente 2 Giorno ed ora se presente l orologio Range 0 2 flags Def 0 Ho Indirizzo seriale rete supervisione Imposta Pindirizzo del dispositivo nella rete di supervisione RS485 Range 1 200 Def 1 HP Baudrate seriale rete supervisione Imposta la velocit di linea nella rete di supervisione RS485 1 1200 Baud 2 2400 Baud 3 4800 Baud 4 9600 Baud 5 19200 Baud Range 1 5 flags Def 5 Hr Versione software Visualizza la versione software di UA
148. e free and do not contain impurities remove any impurities and rinse Fig 6 2 CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 29 OEM no description Order code 1 Load bearing frame Supply drain manifold 18C499A001 13C499A034 1 5 0000 2 Fill solenoid valve 24 vac KITVC00040 7 10 SLA Fill solenoid valve 230 vac KITVCO2040 Suppytank Supply tank UEKVASCOOO Supply tank cover UEKTOOOOXL Table 6 b 8 Tank fill hose Co d Y IMPORTANT WARNING after having replaced or checked the parts in the water circuit check that the connections have been carried out correctly and the corresponding seals have been used Re start the unit and perform a number of fill and drain cycles from 2 to 4 then applying the safety procedure check for any water leaks 6 3 Component replacement 6 3 1 Fuses in the auxiliary circuits KUES KUETR KUET1 KUET2 KUET3 KUET4 fuses F1 F 2 10 3 x38 in fuse carrier on DIN rail 0605319AXX 72777277207 fast blow 10 3 x 38 fuse F3 pump fuse carrier on DIN rail 0605319AXX Table 6 c only on the CP control board CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 30 OEM 6 4 Spare parts 6 4 1 SINGLE PHASE humidifiers Standard spare parts KUESR KUES1 KUES2 KUES3 Water circuit 18C499A006 13C119A003 KITVC
149. e not converted only the value read by the temperature probes and the symbol on the display change 6 2 r regulation parameters r1 Temperature set point cooling Sets the temperature set point diag at the end of the paragraph If the model configured using parameter H1 is CW cool heat this set point represents the cooling set point see parameter r9 This is activated by the digital input ID7 Range rAtorb C F Def 20 0 r2 Cooling differential Sets the differential for cooling see diagrams at the end of the paragraph Range 0 1t011 0 C Def 3 0 0 1t019 8 F r3 Heating differential Sets the differential for heating see diagrams at the end of the paragraph Range 0 1t011 0 C Def 2 0 0 1t019 8 F r4 Temperature dead zone Sets the dead zone see diagrams at the end of the paragraph When the temperature measured by probe B1 is within the dead zone all actuators are off except for in the following cases e the minimum ON time or the OFF delay between the two compressors has not yet elapsed C1 C5 e the compressors or the valve are operating following a request for dehumidification Range 0 1t020 0 C Def 1 0 0 1t036 0 F r5 Humidity set point Sets the humidity set point see diagrams at the end of the paragraph Range rctord rH Def 50 r6 Humidification differential Sets the humidific differ see diagrams at the end of the paragraph Range 1to20 rH Def 4
150. ed Range 0t020 C 0t036 F Def 3 PE 104 input selection If 1 instead of the heating element thermal overload alarm it activates a smoke fire alarm Range 0to1 flag Def 0 PF ID9 input selection If 1 the CW machines it activates a water flow alarm Range 0to1 flag Def 0 Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 PG Abilitazione preallarme di alta temperatura Abilita il preallarme ht con un differenziale dal set pari a P7 2 ed isteresi di 1 grado in questo caso conviene aumentare il valore di P7 Range 0 1 flag Def 0 6 6 H parametri generali di configurazione H1 Modello macchina Imposta il tipo di condizionatore da controllare 0 unit ED vedi pag 8 par 4 2 1 unit CW vedi pag 7 par 4 1 2 unit CW 3 unit shelter vedi pag 9 par 4 3 Per i modelli CW e ED la configurazione viene determinata dai parametri H5 e H6 per i modelli CW e shelter invece fissa per quanto riguarda gli attuatori del freddo vedi Tab 1 pag 6 CW macchina ad acqua refrigerata con commutazione estate inverno in centrale In inverno la batteria viene alimentata con acqua calda e per la regolazione viene utilizzata la stessa valvola del freddo l ingresso 1 7 effettua la commutazione da modo riscaldamento a raffreddamento e lo scambio del set point con la seguente convenzione ID7 24 Vac Inverno Set r9 ID7 0 Estate Set r1 Quando la macchina si trova in m
151. egli allarmi e fasce orarie Moduli per il controllo ventilatori Chiave di programmazione Programmazione Tutti i parametri della macchina sono configurabili non solo tramite la tastiera posta sul frontale ma anche da una chiave hardware e o da linea seriale 2 Interfaccia utente Il AC costituito da un display e da una scheda di potenza inseriti assieme in un unico contenitore vedi Fig 1 O line 1 General characteristics 1 1 General description The is an electronic control for the complete management of precision air conditioners both in direct expansion versions with 1 or 2 compressors with 1 or 2 heating elements or with batteries valve on the heating battery and or valve on the cooling battery The control also allows the management of a humidifier with CDA type control or Humicontrol and dehumidification with various pre settable configurations In addition it can also be used in precision units for Shelters with management of the condenser fan Main functions e Control based on the temperature and humidity of the inlet air e Energy saving with free cooling Shelters or compensation Dehumidification management e Control of the supply fan speed e Complete alarm management with log e Rotation of a series of units e Time bands e Can be connected to a serial line for supervisor telemaintenance Controlled devices e 1 or 2 compressors or valve for cool
152. el remplacement Le blocage est indiqu par 8 clignotements brefs de la DEL rouge Un avertissement est produit apr s 2000 heures 7 clignotements brefs Pour faire repartir la carte CP agir sur le commutateur BI comme d crit au chapitre Fonctionnement de la carte CP commutateur et autres fonctions WICHTIG Nach 3 000 Betriebsstunden wird die CP Platine fiir die Kontrolle und den eventuellen Austausch des Dampfzylinders gesperrt Die Sperre wird mit 8 kurzen Blinkzeichen der roten LED gemeldet Nach 2 000 Betriebsstunden wird ein Voralarm ausgel st 7 kurze Blinkzeichen F r den Neustart der CP Platine siehe Bet tigung des Dip Schalters B1 wie im Kapitel Funktionen der CP Platine Dip Schalter und sonstige Funktionen beschrieben Introduction The CP electronic board has been designed to control the KUE OEM immersed electrode humidifiers As the CP board is not pro tected by a case or cover it must be installed so as to avoid any accidental contact with people during operation due to high voltages and high temperatures For installation see the immersed electrode humidifier installation and user manual 030221791 Models CPdxxvppri 100 00 qro KUE model CP Type steam flow NOT CONFIGURED To be configured with humiset 0 00 Power supply 0 KUE R 1 1 phase ext TAM 2 1 phase with TAM 3 1 amp 3 phase ext TAM 4 1 amp 3 phase with TAM R
153. ensazione UF UU 20 rb C 01 0 Minimum temperature set point also for compensation 4 F b Set massimo temperatura anche per compensazione UFUU 60 0 1 50 Maximum temperature set point also for compensation 140 F c Set minimo umidit Minimum humidity set point UE U MM 0 rd 1 0 12 0 d Set massimo umidita Maximum humidity set point UE U rc 100 1 100 220 E Tipo di regolazione temperatura Type of temperature regulation UB UB 1 flag 1 0 0 1 PH F Tempo integrazione per azione PI Integration time for PI action UF UU 10 3600 8 1 600 rEx0 G Autorit unica per Estate inverno vale per la compensazione UF UU 20 20 01 05 EMEN Authority unique for Cooling heating for compensation H Set Point di compensazione sulla temp letta da B2 estate UF UU 2060 C 01 25 0 1 0 Set Point compensation on temp read by B2 cooling 4 140 F i Set Point di compensazione sulla temp letta da B2 inverno UF UU 20 6 C 0 1 10 0 1 0 Set Point compensation on temp read by B2 heating 4 140 F L Differenziale free cooling UB UIN 3 C 1 9 20 Free cooling differential 0 54 n Limite inferiore temperatura mandata UF UU 20 30 C 1 5 BB Supply temperature lower limit 4 86 F o Lettura sonda B2 Reading from probe B2 DDDD CPF 1 0 P Lettura sonda Reading from probe B3 D DD D rH bar 2 0 r Lettura sonda B4 Reading from probe B4 CPF 130 t Impostazione fasce orarie Time band sett
154. ently determines the control set point and differential 7 2 2 Proportional control CP controllers The steam production quantity per hour is proportional to the value of a signal Y coming from an external device the type of signal can be selected programmed via RS485 from the following standards 0 to 10 V default 2 to 10 V 0 to 1 V The entire range Is indicated as BP proportional band The maximum production Pmax corresponding to the maximum value of the Y external signal and can be programmed between 20 and 100 of the rated humidifier value dip A3 A4 The minimum production Pmin is set to 20 of the rated value with an activation hysteresis given by the value hy corresponding to 2 of the entire BP interval of the external signal Y CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 34 OEM 8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS steam flow rate kg h 15t03 15105 15to3 1505 5 5to8 9 10015 205 supply water ardness limits instant flow rate l min 8 06011 114 drain water environmental conditions storage temperature C 10770 storage humidity rH index of protection CEI EN 60529 x OO Ofk electronic controller see CP controller instruction sheet CP1 CP2 CP3 CP4 auxiliary voltage frequency V Hz 24VAC 15 to 10 50 60Hz maximum auxiliary power VA 30 signal inputs input impedance for 0 to 10 V 2 to 10 V 0 to 1 V signals 15 Electrical
155. er 2 s permettono di resettare gli allarmi 2 2 Status indicators The main states of the regulator power supply present alarm active and remote ON OFF input status are displayed to the user through 3 LEDs on the front panel O alarm O on Fig 3 Meaning of the LED Fig 3 Line LED yellow control powered Alarm LED red machine alarm the siren symbol DI on the display is on only when the buzzer is active machine ON from keypad or supervisor referred to EEPROM variable The effective ON status of the machine may in addition depend on the ON OFF digital input on the active time band the stand by condition transmitted from the master unit if a series of units is in rotation and is indicated by the illumination of the fan symbol The ON OFF symbols on the Display are illuminated only when the input of the remote contact is enabled and indicate the status of such contact ON LED green 2 3 The keypad IS 8 E v enter Clear Fig 4 The buttons have the following meanings on off O _ Commutes status if the machine is on one press of the button places it in Standby vice versa it is re enabled Pressed for 5 secs accesses the User parameters In the presence of an alarm silences the buzzer Repeated pressing displays cyclically the current time date and the temperature of the air in the room In programming phase scrolls or increases the value of the paramete
156. ere inserito in una rete di supervisione o teleassistenza scheda MCHRTF 0A0 il regolatore controlla la velocit del ventilatore in modo proporzionale Scheda orologio vengono abilitate le funzioni orologio fasce orarie e storico allarmi Chiave di programmazione permette di salvare e o copiare la lista dei parametri impostati per copiarli su altri strumenti in modo veloce ed affidabile 9 1 Scheda seriale RS485 Per poter utilizzare il in una rete di supervisione teleassistenza RS485 necessario inserire la scheda opzionale RS 485 seguendo la procedura disalimentare il inserire la scheda RS485 sul connettore predisposto sulla scheda vedi fig 5 effettuare il collegamento della linea seriale rispettando le polarit indicate alimentare il cod CAREL PCABSKITOD PC485KITOO Serial Converter 485 ESA N B LA linea seriale va chiusa con una resistenza da 120 ohm 1 4W posta tra i morsetti Tx Rx della scheda RS485 del all estremit opposta della rete rispetto il supervisore Set up Impostare l indirizzo in rete del WAC tramite il parametro Ho e la velocit tramite il parametro HP dove HP Velocit 1 1200 2 2400 3 4800 4 9600 5 19200 Caratteristiche tecniche scheda seriale RS485 Tensione di alimentazione dal tramite connettore plug in Corrente assorbita 20 MA Condizioni di immagazz 10 70 C U R lt 80 non condensante C
157. es 6x10 10 N 4 fori di fissaggio 6x10 KUE 4 OEM 4 Lens l 5 E A ER N CABE w TN 51 VI V3 Fig 2 b HC LC 2 LC 1 do y Fig 2 C CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 11 OEM KUE 2 Weights kg Empty Ld p de p o3 3 o m Packaged E Installed 37 5 89 34 3 Installed frame MEE EE 2 1 Dimensions mm H so a e an m L without cylinder 10 310 18 27255 30 L with cylinder 10 20 0 P
158. es Centigrade Fahrenheit Do DO ambient humidity in programming displays the no of the parameter hr relative humidity unit of measure CI buzzer active IE hour counter limit exceeded 2 OFF status from time bands time bands active ON OFF external contact status ON machine enabled OFF machine in stand by 5 indicates that the value displayed is the temperature with this symbol off the Set point is displayed p LIS time band selected gt gt e dehumidification active 99 ventilation active fan speed a A cooling active number 1 or 2 cooling actuators opening cooling valve or in shelter mode opening free cooling damper ESTA n 77 heating active number 1 or 2 heating actuators opening valve ns humidification active steam production gt programming phase password setting parameter modification blocked B in clock function day of the week Clock display Clock set up Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 2 2 Le indicazioni di funzionamento principali stati del regolatore presenza alimentazione allarme attivo e stato ingresso On Off remoto vengono mostrati all utente tramite 3 LED presenti sul frontale line Significato LED Fig 3 LED line giallo controllo alimentato LED alarm rosso macchina in allarme il simbolo CI sirena sul display si accende s
159. esistenze collegate alle uscite OUT3 e OUTA 2 2 heating elements connected to outputs OUT3 and OUT4 Valvola a tre punti con il comando di apertura collegato all uscita 3 Three point valve with opening control connected to output OUT3 OUT3 e quello di chiusura all uscita OUTA and closing to output OUT4 4 2 resistenze di potenze diverse collegate alle uscite OUT3 e 4 2 different power heating elements connected to outputs OUT3 OUT4 quella di maggior potenza deve essere collegata a OUT4 Range 0 4 flags Def 1 H7 Tempo di escursione valvola 3P o serranda Permette di impostare il tempo di escursione della valvola oppure se il modello scelto lo shelter della serranda Range 0 600 s Def 150 6 6 1 Gestione valvola del caldo freddo e serranda Quando l attuatore per il controllo del caldo o del freddo costituito da una valvola a tre punti lo strumento nel momento in cui viene alimentato si pone nello stato di PRE START i simboli sul display indicano immediatamente lo stato degli attuatori richiesto dalla funzione di regolazione le valvole invece vengono chiuse del tutto per un tempo pari al valore impostato tramite il parametro H7 10 Questo consente di riallineare la posizione delle stesse prima di iniziare la regolazione Durante il funzionamento normale il controllo della temperatura avviene aprendo o chiudendo la valvola con variazioni minime del 5 della corsa totale Se viene richiesto di aprire la valvola
160. ess mg l CaCO3 60 3 300 TDS TDS mg l 1 1 Dry residue 180 C R180 mg l 1 1 Iron Manganese mg l Fe 0 0 2 Mn Chlorides ppm Cl 0 30 Silica mg l SIO2 0 20 Chlorine mg l Cl2 0 02 Calcium sulphate mg l CaSO4 0 100 Metallic impurities mg l 0 0 Solvents thinners soaps lubricants mg l 0 0 Tab 7 Statistically TDS 0 93 x op 20 R4 0 66 X OR 20 2 Content not less than 200 of the chlorides Content not less than 300 of the chlorides limit values for supply water with a low salt content Limits pH pH 7 8 5 Specific conductivity 20 C o R 20 C uS cm 125 500 Total hardness TH mg l 50 2 250 CaCO3 Temporary hardness mg l CaCO3 30 3 150 TDS TDS mg l 1 1 Dry residue 180 C RI80 mg l 1 1 Iron Manganese mg l Fe 0 0 2 Mn Chlorides ppm 0 20 Silica mg l 5102 0 20 Chlorine mg l 0 0 2 Calcium sulphate mg l CaSO4 0 60 Metallic impurities mg l 0 0 Solvents thinners soaps lubricants mg l 0 0 Tab 8 Statistically TDS 0 93 x og 209 Rig 0 66 X og 20 2 Content not less than 200 of the chlorides Content not less than 300 of the chlorides 25 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 Diagrams Steam production yellow LED Temporary production short flashes PRODUCTION on lt 1 1 19 20 29 90 99 ON 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 time 35 35 35 35 35 35 OFF gt l
161. ff Humidification Humidity regulation diagrams Dehumidification B3 r7 Regolazione umidificazione deumidificazione Humidification dehumidification regulation Fig 25 Diagrammi di funzionamento in compensazione Diagrams showing operation with compensation rb mE Set r1 B2 rH rG Set r1 o r9 B2 Set r1 B2 ri rG ri rH Compensazione set tramite sonda B2 Set point compensation using probe B2 Fig 26 Diagrammi di funzionamento in free cooling Diagrams showing operation with free cooling Dumper 100 If not enabled da B1 rL B2 Low limit ONE Dumper Set r1 B1 3 2 r3 0 B r3 r4 r2 4 e AA 3 C Shelter con free cooling Shelters with free cooling Fig 27 Consensi per il free cooling Free cooling control enable Fig 28 6 3 c parametri per la gestione del compressore Tempo minimo di On Fissa il tempo minimo di attivazione del compressore indipendentemente dalla richiesta vedi diagramma a fine paragrafo Range 0 300 s Def 60 c2 Tempo minimo di Off Fissa il tempo minimo di spegnimento del compressore indipendentemente dalla richiesta vedi diagramma a fine paragrafo Range 0 900 s Def 60 c3 Tempo minimo tra due accensioni Stabilisce il tempo minimo tra due accensioni successive dello stesso compressore indipendentemente dalla richiesta Ci limita il numero di accensioni per ora vedi diagramma a f
162. gain now the entire procedure is handled automatically without the operator needing to intervene Chattering of the drain valve during the fill cycles starting from SW rel 1 7 The chattering of the drain valve during the fill cycle is aimed at eliminating any leaks through the drain due to residual lime scale that keeps the drain valve partially open KUE R KUE 3 only During the fill cycle if the current does not reach the desired value in a certain time the CP board assumes there Is a leak through the drain which would in fact cause a slow increase in the current 15 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 as a consequence the drain valve is opened closed 5 times in rapid succession chattering so as to eliminate any debris that keeps the drain valve open This operation is performed only once during the full cycle when the chattering is terminated if the current still does not reach the desired value within the timeout the automatic management of supply water interruption procedure is started This function is only available for the KUE with drain valves KUE R KUE 1 KUE 2 KUE 3 but not for KUE 4 as these models have the drain pump chattering in fact is not allowed for the pump and in addition the use of the pump and of the drain column together prevent leaks through the drain due to residual lime scale Complete periodical drain starting from SW rel 1 7 If the complete periodical drain is enabled the cylinder is emptie
163. ght theDealerToolbox com 2010 Genteq ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Overview of ECM Technology What is ECM technology ECM Electronically Commutated Motor technology is based on a brushless DC permanent magnet design that is inherently more efficient than the shaded pole and permanent split capacitor PSC motors commonly found in air handlers furnaces heat pumps air conditioners and refrigeration applications throughout the HVACR industry By combining electronic controls with brushless DC motors can maintain efficiency across a wide range of ila operating speeds Plus the electronic controls make the ECM programmable allowing for advanced characteristics that are impossible to create using conventional motor technologies Early HVAC literature listed these motors as ICM Integrated Control Module meaning that a control was integrated or used in conjunction with a motor to control its operation This was later changed to ECM Electronically Commutated Motor as they are typically referred to today The definition of commutate is to reverse the direction of an electric current the means by which all electric motors rotate In an ECM this process is controlled electronically by a microprocessor and electronic controls which provides the ability to increase or decrease the speed of the motor The Genteq M motor currently used by most residential HVAC systems is a brushless DC three phase motor with a permanent magnet
164. gral y soluciones ptimas para el mercado global garantizando disponibilidad en la entrega y aplicando d a a d a la m s avanzada tecnolog a Situamos estrat gicamente en la ciudad de Miami florida y con plantas de producci n en Colombia y Asia buscamos ser l deres en el suministro de sistemas de acondicionamiento de alres agregando valor y garantizando la lealtad de nuestros clientes mediante soluciones que contienen la mejor tecnolog a conocimiento compromiso y profesionalismo ofreciendo siempre equipos de excelente calidad a precios competitivos y con el soporte t cnico adecuado Para nosotros es sumamente importante resolver todas sus dudas y hacerlo sentir la mejor experiencia con nuestros equipos y personal Deseas recibir informaci n sobre nuestro portafolio de productos y servicios Encuentre aqu varias maneras de contactarnos cualquiera sea tu necesidad estamos a su entera disposici n Por favor complete los datos del formulario y pronto nos comunicaremos con usted DATOS DE CONTACTO gt Direcci n 30 N 5A 89 Barranquilla ATLANTICO gt Tel fono 57 5 318 5750 gt E mail info confortfresh com Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 19 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com
165. h to save you time and money gt SURPRISES ONE E We can assure you that the thorough reading of this manual will guarantee correct installation and safe READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS use of the product described WARNING separate as much as possible the probe and digital input signal cables from the cables NO POWER carrying inductive loads and power cables to avoid possible electromagnetic disturbance Never run power cables including the electrical panel wiring and signal cables in the same conduits y amp SIGNAL CABLES TOGETHER READ CAREFULLY IN THE TEXT IMPORTANT WARNINGS BEFORE INSTALLING OR HANDLING THE APPLIANCE PLEASE CAREFULLY READ AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY REGULATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL AND INDICATED ON THE LABELS ATTACHED TO THE UNIT INSTRUCTION SHEET 050003765 OF THE CP CONTROL BOARD IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THIS MANUAL CAREFULLY KEEP INSTRUCTION SHEET 050003765 TOGETHER WITH THIS MANUAL This humidifier produces non pressurised steam by means of electrodes immersed in the water contained in the cylinder boiler hereafter referred to as the cylinder The electrodes pass electric current through water which acting as electrical resistance heats up The steam produced is used to humidify rooms or industrial processes by means of special distributors As the quality of the water in use affects the evaporation process the appliance may be supplied with untreated water as long
166. hine in rotazione No of machines in rotation 0 macchina stand alone stand alone machine 2 2 unita units 6 6 unit units Indirizzo per unit in rotazione Address of unit in rotation Tempo di rotazione tra pi unit Rotation time between a series of units 0 modalit test t 2 min 0 test mode t 2 min Modalit di funzionamento delle 2 uscite reddo Out1 Out2 Operating mode of the 2 cool outputs 1 1 compressore 1 compressor 2 2 compressori su 2 circuiti compressors on 2 circuits 3 valvola a tre punti three point valve 4 2 compressori in parallelo binario 2 compressors in binary parallel 5 2 compr in tandem 50 50 2 compr s in tandem 50 50 Modalit di funzionamento delle 2 uscite caldo Out3 Out4 Operating mode of the 2 heat outputs 0 nessun elemento riscaldante no heating element 1 1 resistenza 1 heating element 2 2 resistenze 2 heating elements 3 valvola a tre punti three point valve 4 2 resistenze in binario 2 heating elements in binary Tipo Type 0123 UFFF UFFF EE Min Min 0 0 o Min Min Max U M Var Def Pres Nuovo Max M Var Def Pres New 250 s 10 20 90 65 1 5 250 5 1 40 15 min 1 0 5 flag 1 1 C 1 10 90 F SORE C 1 10 90 F 50 1 20 12 0 50 1 20 2 0 150 min 1 20 6 flag 1 1 250 s 1 60 Pbx0 C 0 1 3 130 SONS F 1 flag 1 0 1 flag 1 0 1 flag 1 0 Max U M Var Def Pre
167. hown in table 2 1 1 LC5 LC4 so as to make this accessible for cleaning the filter on the solenoid valve when the unit is installed CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 16 OEM 3 5 Drain Drain assembly made up of a manifold and drain solenoid valve with 90 connector and 32 mm diameter fitting with the possibility to replace the drain with a straight pipe supplied 3 6 Water circuit Water circuit with supply tank plus conductivity meter and cylinder fill drain and overflow hoses 3 7 Structure Back made from polypropylene reinforced with fibreglass cylinder secured by convenient strap closing system 5 8 Switch and manual drain button The humidifier is fitted with a switch from turning the unit on off and a button for the manual drain function 3 9 External connections The unit can be managed externally via 2 connectors e a four pin connector used to control a phase of the power supply to the external power contactor coil terminals 1 2 and for the 24 Vac power supply to the auxiliary circuits terminals 3 4 e second 3 pin connector is used for the connection to the probe see diagram 4 7 3 10 Power cable The power cable is 3 metres long 15 flame retardant and is supplied with a rubber cable gland One end has special cable terminals for connection to the cylinder and the other end is free 3 11 Current transformer This 15 fitted on the control board and monitors one of the phases of the
168. i dopo averlo fermato che esso riprenda a girare qualora lasciato libero copiare il nuovo valore in F2 impostando cosi il valore di tensione minima collegare un voltmetro tra i due morsetti del modulo MCHRTF A0 vedi Fig a fianco e incrementare F3 fino a che la tensione letta dal voltmetro si stabilizza a circa a 4 6 Vac Una volta trovato tale valore si noter che anche incrementando F3 la tensione non diminuir pi Non aumentare ulteriormente F3 per evitare danni al motore a questo punto impostare F1 al valore desiderato 1 o 2 l operazione conclusa IMPORTANTE L alimentazione del AC e G0 e della scheda MCHRTF A0 devono essere in fase Nel caso ad esempio l alimentazione del sistema sia trifase assicurarsi che il primario del trasformatore di alimentazione della scheda pAC sia allacciato alla stessa fase collegata ai morsetti N e L della scheda di regolazione di velocit non utilizzare quindi trasformatori 380 24 Vac per l alimentazione del controllo qualora si utilizzino fase e neutro per alimentare direttamente le schede di regolazione velocit Collegare il morsetto di terra del modulo MCHRTF A0 ove previsto alla terra del quadro elettrico 9 3 Scheda orologio Per abilitare la funzione orologio fasce orarie e storico allarmi necessario inserire la scheda MAC2CLK000 e seguire la seguente togliere l alimentazione al inserire la MAC2CLK000 s
169. i n y operaci n LN ADVERTENCIA Tensi n peligrosa Peligro de descarga el ctrica Esta unidad contiene tensi n muy peligrosa La descarga el ctrica puede provocar lesiones o incluso la muerte Desconecte todo el suministro el ctrico antes de trabajar en la unidad La unidad no est aislada el ctricamente aun estando apagada algunos componentes internos requieren y reciben energ a estando la unidad apagada Para asegurar que NO haya tensi n en la unidad instale un desconectador e interruptor Consulte los esquemas el ctricos de la unidad ADVERTENCIA Elementos bajo presi n Esta unidad contiene fluidos o gases sometidos a alta presi n YN AIR CONDITIONING 9220 Peligro de descarga explosiva al liberarse refrigerante a alta presi n Libere la presi n antes de trabajar con las tuber as ADVERTENCIA Peligro por piezas que funcionan a alta velocidad Algunas piezas de la unidad funcionan a alta velocidad y pueden provocar lesiones o incluso la muerte Desconecte todo el suministro el ctrico antes de trabajar en la unidad ADVERTENCIA Superficies calientes La superficie de algunos componentes internos puede calentarse y provocar quemaduras y lesiones Use guantes con protecci n t rmica cuando trabaje en la unidad A PRECAUCION Peligro de fugas de agua Esta unidad requiere una conexi n a un drenaje de agua T
170. i g 4 a A type KUET2 5 0 3 75 200 3 10 8 CP305J 2 500 d 2 5 16A gG 50 375 208 3 104 CP305W 1 100 2 5 16 50 375 250 3 94 CP305K I 100 a 2 5 16 5 0 3 75 400 3 5 4 CP305L 1 100 1 5 10A gG 5 0 3 75 460 3 4 7 CP305M 2 100 d 1 5 10A gG 5 0 5 75 575 5 3 8 CP305N 2 100 d 1 5 10A gG KUET2 8 0 6 00 200 3 17 3 CP308J 2 500 d 6 0 32A gG 80 6 00 208 3 167 CP308W 2 500 d 6 0 32A gG 8 0 6 00 250 5 15 1 CP308K 2 300 d 6 0 32A gG 80 6 00 400 3 87 CP308L I 100 a 2 5 16 80 6 00 460 3 75 CP308M 1 100 a 2 5 16A gG 8 0 6 00 5 5 6 0 CP308N 1 100 2 5 16A gG KUET3 10 0 750 200 5 21 7 CP310 1 500 6 0 32A gG 10 0 750 208 5 20 8 CP310W 1 300 6 0 32A gG 100 750 230 3 188 CP310K 1 300 a 6 0 32A gG 10 0 750 400 5 10 8 CP310L 1 300 25 16A gG 10 0 750 460 5 94 CP310M 1 100 2 5 16A gG 100 750 575 3 75 CP310N I 100 a 2 5 16A gG KUET3 15 0 11 25 200 5 32 5 CP315J 1 500 16 0 50A gG 15 0 11 25 208 3 31 2 CP315W 1 500 16 0 50A gG 15 0 11 25 250 5 28 2 CP315K 300 d 10 0 40A gG 15 0 11 25 400 5 16 2 CP315L I 300 a 6 0 32A gG 15 0 11 25 460 3 14 1 CP315M 300 4 0 20A gG 15 0 1 25 575 5 CP315N 300 4 0 16A gG KUET4 25 18 75 208 5 52 0 CP325W 1 300 b 25 0 8A gG 230 3 471 CP325K 1 500 25 0 63A gG 400 3 271 CP325L 1 300 C 16 0 50A gG 460 5 25 5 325 1 500 C 10 0 32A gG 575 3 188 CP325N 1 300 C 6
171. ifica quelli del caldo continuano a funzionare secondo il tipo di regolazione impostato fino a che la temperatura non raggiunge il SET dinamico che annulla la zona neutra spostando la regolazione degli attuatori del caldo verso quelli del freddo finch permane la condizione di deumidifica Oltre tale limite riprende il ciclo di deumidifica Se viene selezionata la riduzione di velocit del ventilatore questa diventa pari a quella impostata tramite il parametro F7 Nella configurazione shelter l attivazione della deumidifica inibisce l apertura della serranda per 2 ore HA Funzione del rel di deumidificazione umidificazione Stabilisce la funzione del rele Out 7 0 Rele eccitato in deumidificazione 1 Rel diseccitato in deumidificazione 2 Rel d allarme per segnalazioni non gravi 3 Uscita per controllo rotazione 4 Rel eccitato in umidificazione 5 Rel diseccitato in umidificazione 6 Ventilatore 2 acceso in deumidificazione 7 Ventilatore 2 spento in deumidificazione Tale rel pu in alternativa essere utilizzato come rel di allarme ausiliario cio per segnalare allarmi non gravi vedi Tab 5 a pag 35 In quest ultimo caso la logica di attivazione segue quella del rel di allarme principale Out 6 determinata dal parametro HF Se HA 3 il rel assume funzione di controllo per pi unit in rotazione vedi H2 H4 In questa configurazione C7 viene tenuto aperto in modo continuo al verificarsi di un allarme grav
172. ilizzo Premendo contemporaneamente tasti e si incrementa il valore viceversa con e E lo si diminuisce Avvertenza importante dopo aver modificato parametri che alterano la configurazione della macchina numero compressori presenza valvola ecc variano di conseguenza il ritardo degli allarmi oppure le tempistiche dei compressori al fine di ottenere immediatamente il corretto funzionamento si consiglia di resettare il regolatore interrompendo l alimentazione Inoltre tali selezioni devono essere eseguite con gli attuatori scollegati per evitare una loro accensione non desiderata Copying data from the key to the machine s EEPROM With the power disconnected from the uAC insert the key code MAC2KEY000 in the relative connector see Fig 5 Powering the machine while keeping the button pressed programs the machine s parameters with the values of the data contained in the programming key During this operation the message CE is displayed and in the case of errors CEEE Fig 19 Copying data from the machine s EEPROM to the key Pressing the and button together on start up allows the key to be programmed with the machine s parameters During this operation the message EC is displayed and in the case of errors ECEE Power ON Fig 20 Adjusting LCD contrast The contrast of the display can be adjusted to suit the effective angle of viewing Pressing the and button at the same time increases the valu
173. iltraggio digitale del valore misurato Valori elevati di questo parametro consentono di eliminare eventuali disturbi transitori agli ingressi analogici ma diminuiscono la prontezza di misura Il valore consigliato 4 Range 1 15 Def 4 6 1 7 probe parameters r 1 Presence external air probe B2 Sets the presence of probe NTC B2 the corresponding function must be selected using parameter HC 0 probe absent 1 NTC CAREL probe Range 0to1 flag Def 0 2 Type of probe Sets the type of probe 0 20mA 4 20 0 1V N B This setting must also be accompanied by the setting of the jumper B3 selection see Fig 5 The corresponding function must be selected using parameter Hd 0 probe absent 1 Oto1V or Oto20mA 2 4to20mA Range 0102 flags Def 0 r 3 Presence supply air probe B4 Sets the presence of NTC probe B4 0 probe absent 1 NTC CAREL probe also enables the corresp alarm in cooling function see parameter Pd Range 0101 flag Def 0 r 4 Minimum value measured by input B3 at 0mA 4mA or 0Vdc This parameter allows the configuring of the minimum value for probe B3 Range 010 5 bar Def 0 r 5 Maximum value measured by input B3 at 20mA or 1Vdc This parameter allows the configuring of the max value for probe Range 4to100 rH bar Def 100 r 6 Calibration input B1 Corrects the value measured by Bf Range 6 0t06 0 C 10 8t010 8 F Def 0 0 r
174. imed imm FC ON 34 nn contaore vent counter fan imed imm FA ON allarmi gravi nella configurazione con due rel di allarme attivano l uscita di allarme gli altri allarmi invece attivano il rele di deumidifica Nella configurazione con pi unit in rotazione gli allarmi gravi provocano l apertura del rel e quindi l attivazione dell unit in stand by Z serious alarms in the configuration with two alarm relays these activate the alarm output the other alarms ON the other hana activate the dehumidification relay In the configuration with a series of units in rotation serious alarms cause the opening of the relay and then the placement of the unit in stand by Tab 5 35 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 8 2 Segnalazioni di allarme Tutti gli allarmi tranne quello esterno generico AL configurabile tramite il parametro Pb e quello orologio sono rilevati solo con macchina in On E1 sonda temperatura ambiente guasta generato per sonda aperta o in cortocicuito Allarme ritardato di 1 minuto a partire dall istante in cui la macchina viene posta in On e da quando viene rilevato l errore Al momento in cui viene rilevato il controllo viene posto in Off rispettando le tempistiche configurate tranne il ventilatore E2 sonda aria esterna guasta viene generato per sonda aperta o in cortocicuito Allarme ritardato di 1 minut
175. ina stand alone stand alone machine 2 2 unita units 6 6 unit units Indirizzo per unit in rotazione Address of unit in rotation Tempo di rotazione tra pi unit Rotation time between a series of units 0 modalit test t 2 min 0 test mode t 2 min Modalit di funzionamento delle 2 uscite reddo Out1 Out2 Operating mode of the 2 cool outputs 1 1 compressore 1 compressor 2 2 compressori su 2 circuiti compressors on 2 circuits 3 valvola a tre punti three point valve 4 2 compressori in parallelo binario 2 compressors in binary parallel 5 2 compr in tandem 50 50 2 compr s in tandem 50 50 Modalit di funzionamento delle 2 uscite caldo Out3 Out4 Operating mode of the 2 heat outputs 0 nessun elemento riscaldante no heating element 1 1 resistenza 1 heating element 2 2 resistenze 2 heating elements 3 valvola a tre punti three point valve 4 2 resistenze in binario 2 heating elements in binary HL HL Tipo Type 0123 UFFF UFFF EE Min Min 0 0 o Min Min Max 250 s 90 65 250 s 15 min 5 flag 50 90 F 50 EN F 50 50 rH 150 min 6 flag 250 s 20 C see F 1 flag 1 flag 1 flag Max Max 3 flags 6 flags 6 250 h 5 flags 4 flags Var Var 10 1 Def Pres Nuovo Def Pres New 20 5 0 1 10 10 0 220 0 220 20 1 Pb 0 3 320 0 Def
176. ine paragrafo Range 0 900 s Def 360 22 6 3 c compressor management parameters c1 Minimum ON time Sets the minimum activation time for the compressor irrespective of request see diagram at the end of the paragraph Range 0103005 Def 60 c2 Minimum OFF time Sets the minimum off time for the compressor irrespective of request see diagram at the end of the paragraph Range 0t0900s Def 60 c3 Minimum time between two start ups Sets the minimum time between two successive start ups of the same compressor irrespective of request This limits the number of start ups by time see diagram at the end of the paragraph Range 0t0900s Def 360 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 c4 Tempo minimo tra le accensioni di due compressori Stabilisce il tempo minimo che deve trascorrere tra le accensioni successive di 2 compressori se selezionate configurazioni a 2 comp Ritardando l inserimento dei compressori si evitano sovraccarichi della linea dovuti a spunti ravvicinati o contemporanei Range 0 300 s Def 30 c5 Ritardo spegnimento tra i due compressori Stabilisce il tempo minimo che deve intercorrere tra gli spegnimenti di compressori diversi Range 0 300 s Def 0 c6 Rotazione compressori Permette ai compressori di scambiare la priorit di partenza e di arresto 0 rotazione disabilitata 1 rotazione abilitata con H5 2 o 5 La gestione di tipo FIFO cio il pri
177. ing UUDD 0 2 flags 1 0 0 disabilitate disabled 1 vent al min con monitoriz della temp fan on min with temp monitoring 2 On off ON OFF 14 Manuale cod 4030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 OO gt e Compressore Compressor Tempo minimo di On Minimum ON time Tempo minimo di Off Minimum OFF time Tempo tra 2 accensioni Time between 2 start ups Ritardo accensione tra i 2 compressori ON delay between the 2 compressors Ritardo spegnimento tra i 2 compressori OFF delay between the 2 compressors Rotazione compressori Compressor rotation 0 disabilitata disabled 1 abilitata enabled Ritardo accensione comp dalla partenza ventilatore mandata Delay comp ON from supply fan start up Soglia contaore per il compressore Hour counter threshold for the compressor 0 disabilitato disabled Contaore compressore 1 Hour counter compressor 1 Contaore compressore 2 Hour counter compressor 2 Ventilatori Fans Modalit funzionamento ventola Fan operating mode 0 sempre On always ON 1 regolazione velocit in proporzionale Se utilizzato in condensazione mantiene il ventilatore al minimo anche sotto il valore espresso da F5 1 proportional speed regulation lf used in condensation the fan is kept at minimum even below the value of F5 HL T 0 U U U U 1 2 F F F F ipo Type TA un n 3n
178. ing battery e 2 heating elements or valve for heating battery e Supply fan in ON OFF or proportional mode e Humidifier with proportional or ON OFF output e Dehumidification with ON OFF output e Alarm device Options e RS485 serial board e Clock board with memory for logging the alarms and time bands e Fan control modules e Programming key Programming All the machine parameters can be configured not only using the keypad located on the front panel but also using a hardware key and or via serial line 2 user interface The uAC is made up of a display and a power board installed together in the same case see Fig 1 CAREL 8 Se on off alarm gt v enter Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 2 1 1 display Il display permette di visualizzare le principali grandezze monitorate e lo stato della macchina e degli attuatori 2 1 The display The display shows the main measurements monitored and the status of the machine and the actuators Di seguito vengono riportati i simboli e le scritte visualizzabili dal display con il relativo significato N B La Fig 2 illustra tutti i simboli e le scritte visualizzabili dal display situazione che si verifica allo start del regolatore temperatura ambiente in prog visualizza il valore del parametro 0 unit di misura temperatura gradi Centigradi Fahrenheit umidit ambiente in prog
179. io mentre l accensione del compressore indicata dal numero 1 sotto al simbolo stesso Se attivato il free cooling in ON OFF Out3 le barrette possono essere tutte accese o spente a seconda dello stato della serranda Range 0 30 C 0 54 F Def 9 rn Limite inferiore temperatura mandata Tale parametro rappresenta il limite minimo per la temperatura di mandata al di sotto del quale viene chiusa la serranda dello shelter Con sonda B4 presente la regolazione diventa quella descritta in fig 28 La percentuale di apertura della serranda vedi fig 27 viene ridotta in modo proporzionale fino alla completa chiusura se la temperatura di mandata risulta essere inferiore a rn 3 C Questo per impedire l invio in ambiente di aria a temperatura troppo bassa Nelle configurazioni ED e CW si ha il progessivo spegnimento degli attuatori quando la temperatura di mandata scende al di sotto del set rn il diferenziale fisso a 3 C In deumidifica non viene effettuata alcuna limitazione della temperatura di mandata Range 20 30 C 4 86 F Def 5 ro Lettura sonda B2 Temperatura aria esterna Appare solo con sonda installata rP Lettura sonda B3 Percentuale di umidit o valore di pressione Solo con sonda installata rr Lettura sonda B4 Temperatura aria mandata Appare solo con sonda installata rt Impostazione fasce orarie Con opzione orologio permette di impostare le fasce orarie vedi cap 7 0 fasce orarie disabili
180. ioni per il montaggio Il regolatore uAC progettato per montaggio a pannello La dima di foratura deve avere le dimensioni di 173x154 mm vedi fig 40 pag 44 Per l installazione seguire le istruzioni riportate di seguito asportare la cornice esterna a scatto inserire la parte plastica contenente il regolatore sulla parete forata anteriore del pannello facendo attenzione che la guarnizione sul lembo inferiore del frontale sia bene in appoggio con la parete anteriore del pannello praticare sul pannello 4 fori del diametro di 2 5 mm in corrispondenza esatta con i fori presenti sullo strumento inserire le viti di fissaggio presenti in dotazione scegliendo le viti autofilettanti o automaschianti a seconda del materiale del pannello plastico o metallico Per la connessione ai connettori 1 2 3 vedi fig 5 utilizzare i connettori femmina Molex Mini Fit a 12 18 e 8 vie vedi cap 10 3 Installation 3 1 Warnings Avoid installing the controls in environments with the following characteristics relative humidity greater than 80 heavy vibrations or knocks exposure to continuous spray of water exposure to aggressive and polluting atmospheres e g sulphuric and ammonia gases saline mist smoke to avoid corrosion and or oxidation high levels of magnetic and or radio frequency interference thus avoid installing the machine near transmitting antennas exposure to direct sunlight and at
181. iornamento software microprocessore A pannello vedi capitolo Dimensioni i collegamenti vengono effettuati tramite i quattro connettori posteriori Per la connessione utilizzare i connettori forniti a corredo o con il codice CAREL MAC2CON001 Codice Molex dei connettori femmina Vie 39 01 2080 8 39 01 2120 12 39 01 2180 18 Codice Molex del contatto del connettore Sezione dei cavi ammessa 39 00 0077 AWG16 1 25 mm 39 00 0038 codice CAREL 5931189AXX AWG18 24 0 90 0 35 mm 39 00 0046 AWG22 28 0 22 0 06 mm Per la crimpatura utilizzare l apposito attrezzo Molex 69008 0724 25 cicli Tab 6 41 Manuale cod 4030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 Technical specifications Power supply Maximum current consumption Power transformer for and digital inputs Operating range Accuracy of measurement excluding probe Resolution Operating conditions Storage conditions Analogue inputs Digital inputs Analogue outputs Digital outputs Max NTC probe cable length Max digital input cable length Max power output cable length Max fan control output cable length Type of action of relay and triac Maximum number of relay switchings Insulation between the relay and low voltage parts Insulation between the relay and the front panel Insulation between the two relays PTI of materials used for insulation Category of resistance to heat and fire Front panel index of protection
182. ipo sea la adecuada para las tareas de servicio Revise que el equipo este nivelado y sus sujetadores de montaje est n consistentes Si la unidad se desmonta debe volverse ensamblar de acuerdo con las instrucciones Electricidad La alimentaci n y las fases del suministro corresponden con las indicaciones de la placa del fabricante Las conexiones el ctricas deben estar completas entre la unidad del evaporador y equipo para rechazo de calor Los interruptores y o fusibles de la l nea de alimentaci n deben tener los rangos adecuados para los equipos instalados Verificaci n de las conexiones el ctricas internas y externas de los equipos est n firmes Comprobaci n de una adecuada puesta a tierra a la s unidad es Control de que el parametro del transformador coincida con la energia requerida Verificaci n del giro correcto de los compresores SCROLL S YN AIR CONDITIONING 9220 Tuber as Verificar instalaci n completa de las tuber as del circuito de refrigeraci n Realizar verificaci n de fugas purgas y carga de las tuber as Las tuber as son de la dimensi n adecuada se extendieron con la pendiente adecuada est n presentes los sifones necesarios Verificaci n de soportes adecuados a las tuber as internas y externas del equipo Conexi n instalaci n del drenaje apropiado Linea de suministro de agua conectado al humidificador opo
183. ired control board switch and drain button Cilindro 0 o ES D T Z Fe ei 0 A v mH D Ar 7 ebay 5 o Conn elettr carico Struttura idraulica Carpenteria Fig 3 a Italian English Cilindro Cylinder Struttura idraulica Water circuit support structure Conn elett carico Fill elect conn Scheda Board Carpenteria Frame 3 2 Frame The humidifiers are supplied with a compact openable hot galvanised metal frame complete with handle and screw closing The frame includes a case for housing the control board 3 3 Control board The controller used for these OEM units is the CP4 with microprocessor complete with software for IMmersed electrode humidifiers Type of configuration ON OFF or 0 to 10 V proportional Built in current sensor 24 Vac power supply AFS antifoam algorithm Possibility of remote ON OFF Outputs 1 x 250 Vac relay 5 Amp 2 Amp for electrode power supply 1 x 250 Vac relay 5 Amp 2 Amp for alarm output Possibility of RS485 serial connection optional TACP485000 Can be configured using the HUMISETOOO programming kit 3 4 Water fill The fill solenoid valve with male connector is located on the right side of the frame with the measurements s
184. irflow requirement per demand All of the connectors plugs used with this motor are keyed for proper orientation If connected improperly the motor may not operate properly and or be damaged Checking the high voltage input First check the high voltage to the 5 pin connector There should be 120VAC or 240VAC depending on the system at terminals 4 and 5 whenever there is power to the system regardless of a demand call On 120VAC systems make sure the polarity of the connected power to the motor is correct If this voltage is missing fix the problem in the system and try to run the motor If the voltage is within 15 of these ratings then move on to the next step If the voltage is above or below the 15 of these ratings fix the voltage problem first and try to run the motor Proper grounding should always be checked and repaired if needed Meter connected between Meter connected between Terminal 4 and 5 Terminal 4 and 5 AC Volts AC Volts 120VAC motors must 240VAC motors should have a Jumper between not have a jumper terminals 1 and 2 for between terminals 1 and proper operation 2 to prevent damage to the motor 2010 Genteg M 7 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Checking the communication input To check the communication to the motor on the 16 pin connector 4 pin connector on the latest model 3 0 you will need the systems OEM manual showing by pin what voltage communicati
185. itself confirmed by the messages ON OFF on the display Copying the time bands If the times set for the bands are also valid for the following days these can be simply copied by pressing and holding the Sel button for 3 seconds Once the copy has been made the following day is automatically displayed if this too is to be copied release the Sel button and then press it again for a further 3 seconds S e Fig 33 The operating mode controlled by the time bands is indicated by the symbol on the display N B The ON status controlled by the time bands is only valid if the machine is first activated from the keypad or the remote input if enabled The OFF status controlled by the time bands displayed by the half moon symbol D on the display acts according to whether parameter rt is set 1 or 2 rt 1 Sleep mode during the OFF status the fan if controlled proportionally works at minimum and the actuators remain off Manuale cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 La macchina viene riaccesa nelle seguenti condizioni a la temperatura supera del 70 le soglie di allarme di alta bassa per ritornare in Sleep se la temperatura stessa rientra all interno del 40 dei delta di allarme viene premuto il tasto On Off in questo caso lo stato di On dura fino al raggiungimento della successiva fascia oraria durante tale periodo il simbolo A lampeggia rt 2 la macchin
186. l cambio de la temperatura Por ajuste en el control de la banda entre fr o y agua condensada trav s de la reducci n de la velocidad del ventilador La deshumidificaci n solo se habilita si la temperatura ambiente cae dentro de los l mites de la alarma Para los valores que exceden este valor la deshumidificaci n se inhibe La Humidificaci n depende del humidificador que en su control est integrado con el control electr nico del equipo y act a en una l gica tipo ON OFF como lo hace la deshumidificaci n La diferencia est en elemento que este caso corresponde al cilindro con agua y la flauta que suministra la humedad al flujo de aire El UCC est equipado con un humidificador de electrodo sumergido que puede ser 3Kg h monofasico con voltajes entre 220V Cada humidificador que se programa en el control electr nico seg n los siguientes par metros CAPACIDAD NOMINAL Es la capacidad de vapor nominal que entrega el cilindro es 3Kg h VOLTAJE Es el valor de voltaje de la fuente de alimentaci n este var a desde O a 660V NUMERO DE FASES Es el n mero de la fases de la fuente de alimentaci n Es posible prefijar 1 o 3 fases monof sico o trif sico TAM MODEL Se selecciona el modelo de transformador del electrodo que va a ser utilizado Prefijando O TAM 50 1 TAM 100 2 TAM 150 3 TAM 300 4 TAM 500 5 TAM 700 d CONFORTFRESH AIR CONDITIONING Finalmente se debe establecer sin voltaje cuando
187. ld on a PSC motor system This decreases the effect ESP has on loss of airflow providing better system performance and efficiency within the limits of the motor design The ability to program the torque value by demand allows the HVAC OEM to deliver more precise airflow and only program the amount of selections needed The X13 motor provides the energy savings of an ECM with the simplicity of traditional PSC motor set up and service 2010 Genteq 14 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Installation Set up The HVAC OEM may program only the taps needed for the application the motor is used in or program additional taps for multiple sizes of connected systems A C or Heat Pump The HVAC OEM will provide a table or diagram showing which tap is to be used for heating cooling and constant fan selections depending on the equipment It is used in The heating or cooling selection may be used for constant fan operation as was done with many PSC induction motor controls or one of the taps may be programmed specifically for constant fan operation 24VAC 24VAC Common Common Heat Cool HP Cool Cool HP No Program Cool HP No Program No Program No Program No Program The X13 motor has no programmable On delays but multiple Off delays can be programmed into the motor If an off delay is programmed into the motor it will not be adjustable The HVAC OEM could however delay the low voltage communication from their controls or circuit board to gain an
188. ling temperature The water that evaporates over time 15 automatically replaced with water from the mains supply The heat required to boil the water 15 produced by passing an electrical current through the cylinder This is done by connecting the electrodes immersed inside the cylinder to the mains power supply The quantity of current that initially flows depends greatly on the type of water supplied from mains Normally a recently started cylinder has low current nonetheless over time the quantity of salts inside the water increases evaporation in fact does not carry the salts with it This allows the level of current required by the unit to provide the quantity of steam requested to be reached In stable operating conditions the level of production required is automatically achieved using the water level control on the cylinder This is in fact reflected in higher or lower levels of current The salts introduced by the automatic refilling of the water are partly deposited as lime scale inside the cylinder contributing to the progressive depletion of the cylinder and partly remain dissolved in the water To avoid excessive accumulation of salts a quantity of water Is periodically and automatically drained and then replaced with fresh water 72 Control principles The range of humidifiers includes the following control options 7 2 1 ON OFF control CP controllers The action is all or nothing activated by an external contact that consequ
189. llo stand by per un tempo pari al parametro PA e di 1 minuto dal superamento della soglia impostata Sono allarmi di sola segnalazione e le isteresi sono di 1 U R tC allarme termico compressore Allarme immediato provoca lo spegnimento istantaneo del compressore Viene gestito solo se il parametro H5 1 o 5 un solo compressore due compressori in tandem 37 F1 dirty filter Signal only alarm No outputs are deactivated FL air flow alarm Alarm delayed by parameters P1 and P2 The activation of this alarm causes the switching off of all of devices without waiting the delay times of the compressors and the fan If set for automatic reset parameter P5 a restart of the outputs is attempted 10 times FA smoke fire alarm This alarm can be configured using the PE 1 parameter If configured it causes the shutdown of all the actuators without respecting the timings This alarm is noted with the machine in stand by too CF water flow This alarm can be configured only for CW machines using the PF 1 parameter When this alarm occurs it causes the closing of the cooling valve r1 heating element thermal overload alarm Causes the immediate switching off of the heating elements At high supply temperature alarm cooling function Enabled by the presence of the supply air temperature probe B4 parameter 2 and by the setting of parameter Pd The alarm has a fixed delay of 2 minutes and is activated only if the cooli
190. low temperature humidity alarm delay on start up Sets the delay in recognising the high low temperature and humidity alarms on starting the machine that is when switching from STAND BY gt ON N B The low humidity alarm is delayed by the start up of the humidifier This avoids low humidity alarms on resetting any humidifier alarms Range 0t0150 min Def 20 Pb Type of management of generic alarm input ID5 Sets the type of alarm generated by input ID5 AL This function is enabled only with parameter H2 0 and can be managed even with the machine in stand by see table on general parameters P Range 0t06 flag Def 1 PC Generic alarm delay Sets the delay in activation of the generic alarm ID5 AL This delay is refereed to the activation of the alarm itself Range 0t0250s Def 60 Pd Return supply temp difference for supply temperature alarm Sets the minimum difference between the return temperature measured by B1 and the supply temperature measured by B4 for the activation of the cooling function alarm At This alarm has a fixed delay of 4 minutes N B For alarm At to be generated the following conditions must all be satisfied 1 Supply temp gt Return temp Pd that is B4 gt B1 Pd 2 Atleast one compressor on or cooling valve open more than 50 3 Both heating elements off or heating valve closed 4 Delay time of 4 minutes has elapsed When this alarm is detected only the active compressor is block
191. ly at a specific interval like changing from low speed to medium low speed on a PSC motor would Even more important each motor has a unique program Changing taps on one X13 motor will most likely have different results than any other Itis not necessary to program all of the taps If the manufacturer only needs two functions they may only program two taps and so on up to five All X13 motors will physically have 5 taps Multiple taps could be energized by the HVAC OEM at the same time Unlike a PSC motor energizing multiple taps on the X13 will not harm the motor The X13 will simply operate at the highest tap number which will typically be the highest torque value Application Most residential HVAC OEM are using the X13 motor in some of their split system handlers and package systems single stage applications The X13 motor could also be used in gas and oil furnaces Benefit Constant torque allows the X13 motor to maintain the torque current delivered to the motor when ESP is higher than recommended and or changes during system operation ESP the resistance to the movement of air is increased when ductwork is undersized poorly constructed and or full or dirt or debris ESP can increase during system operation when dirt builds up on the air distribution systems components especially the filter and when customers close or block grilles and registers When torque is maintained airflow does not decrease as fast as it wou
192. ly to 2000 and 3000 hours the warning no shutdown recalls the attention of the operator to the need to carry out the periodical check of the cylinder by the flashing of the red LED 7 short flashes and the intermittent activation of the alarm relay activated intermittently if no other warnings or alarms are active the alarm shutdown obliges the operator to check and if necessary replace the cylinder after 3000 operating hours from the last maintenance operation 8 short flashes of the red LED and alarm relay activated steady the warning is shown 1000 hours before shutdown lt These signals have been introduced to prevent a lack of maintenance on the cylinders from damaging the units Both the warning and the alarm be reset by setting the hour counter to zero using dipswitch 1 The enabling disabling of the function and the setting of the timeouts at 2000 and 3000 hours can usually be performed via network by modifying parameter bb integer variable 34 the warning is generated after bb hours the shutdown alarm after 1 5 bb hours IMPORTANT The speed of the hour counter is not absolute but rather proportional to the flow rate of steam in this way the hours counted approximately represent the amount of lime scale accumulated in the cylinder Example after 100 operating hours at 100 of steam production the hour counter shows 100 hours on the other hand if the average production was 75 of
193. ma le modifiche apportate 7 2 Fasce orarie Entrati nel parametro rt vedi Modifica parametri USER e possibile selezionare rt 1 o 2 abilitando la funzione fasce orarie Una successiva pressione del tasto Sel visualizza in sequenza con lo scorrimento di un segmento le fasce orarie 1 2 3 4 del giorno 1 lunedi le fasce orarie 1 2 3 4 del giorno 7 domenica tasti t e y consentono con step di 10 minuti di modificare l ora di inizio della fascia selezionata mentre il tasto On Off abilita o disattiva l azione della fascia stessa confermata con le scritte ON OFFsul display Copia delle fasce orarie Se gli orari impostati delle fasce sono validi anche per giorni successivi sufficiente copiarli tenendo premuto il tasto Sel per 3 s Terminata la copia automaticamente viene visualizzato il giorno successivo se anche quest ultimo deve essere copiato rilasciare il tasto Sel e quindi premerlo nuovamente per 3 s Prg IS 9 Se on off alarm gt y enter isi L 3 Lo stato di funzionamento controllato da fasce orarie indicato tramite il simbolo sul display N B Lo stato di On da fasce orarie agisce solo se la macchina attivata da tastiera e da ingresso remoto se abilitato Lo stato di Off da fasce orarie visualizzato tramite il simbolo 2 mezza luna sul display agisce in modo diverso a seconda che il parametro rt valga 1 0 2 rt 1 Sleep mode durante
194. me bassa umidit Delta from set point for low humidity alarm Delta dal set per allarme alta umidit Delta from set point for high humidity alarm Ritardo allarme alta bassa temperatura umidit all accensione Alarm delay high low temperature humidity on start up Tipo gestione ingresso allarme generico ID5 Type of management of generic alarm input ID5 0 nessun allarme collegato no alarm connected 1 allarme di sola segnalazione reset automatico 1 signal only alarm automatic reset 2 allarme di sola segnalazione reset manuale 2 signal only alarm manual reset 3 allarme grave reset automatico serious alarm automatic reset 4 allarme grave reset manuale serious alarm manual reset 5 allarme grave reset automatico attivo anche in stand by 5 serious alarm automatic reset also active in stand by 6 allarme grave reset manuale attivo anche in stand by 6 serious alarm manual reset also active in stand by Ritardo allarme generico Generic alarm delay Differenza temp ritorno mandata per allarme temp mandata Return supply temp difference for supply temp alarm Selezione ingresso 104 Input ID4 selection Selezione ingresso ID9 Input ID9 selection Abilitazione preallarme di alta temp High temper prealarm enabling Generali General HL Modello di macchina Machine model 0 unita ED ED unit 1 unit CW CW unit 2 unit CW CW unit H C 3 shelter shelter N di macc
195. mini DIN43650 in imballo multiplo da 10 pz SPK6000001 11 1 Table of codes Description PAC UAC control for precision air conditioners complete with female connector Options 5485 serial board for connection to supervisor Clock board with 8 KB EEPROM Programming key Single phase fan speed regulation board 2 2A 4 4A 6 6A 8 8A PWM 0to10V converter board Female connector kit for customisable codes pack of 10 kits Kit of 24 x 1m cables Probes probes with single cable insulation IP67 50t050 C 08 0 8m 15 1 5m 30 8m 60 6m probes with double cable insulation IP68 50 100 08 0 8m 15 1 5m 30 3m 60 6m NTC ambient temperature humidity probe 10t090 R H Ambient humidity probe 10t090 R H NTC duct temperature probe humidity 10t090 R H Duct humidity probe 10t090 R H Duct humidity probe 010100 Pressure probe 01030 bar output 4to20mA with male connector and 2m cable Pressure probe 01030 bar output 4to20mA with female connector and mini DIN43650 connector multiple pack of 10 pcs 43 Tab 8 Code MAC2000A00 MAC2SER000 MAC2CLK000 2 000 MCHRTF 0A0 CONVO 10A0 2 001 MCHSMLCABO NTCO HP00 NTCO WP00 ASWC111000 ASWH100000 ASDC111000 ASDH100000 ASDH200000 SPK3000000 SPK6000001 Tab 9 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 12 Dimensioni 12 Dimensions Di seguito vengono
196. mo compressore ad essere acceso il primo ad essere spento Range 0 1 flag Def 0 c7 Ritardo accensione comp dalla partenza ventilatore mandata Stabilisce il tempo minimo che deve intercorrere tra l accensione del ventilatore e la partenza del compressore Range 0 300 s Def 20 c8 Soglia contaore funzionamento compressori e Stabilisce il numero di ore di funzionamento del compressore oltre le quali viene segnalata la richiesta di manutenzione 0 tale funzione non viene gestita Range 0 30000 ore Def 0 c9 Contaore compressore 1 cA Contaore compressore 2 Indica il numero di ore di funzionamento del compressore 1 e o 2 La pressione simultanea dei tasti f in fase di visualizzazione del parametro azzera il contaore solo se eseguito in modalit USER o FACTORY e cancella la richiesta di manutenzione se abilitata La gestione dei contaore viene sospesa durante la fase di impostazione dei parametri mentre l effettiva scrittura in Eeprom avviene ogni 30 min Range 0 30000 ore Def 0 Diagrammi delle tempistiche compressori C3 C1 c4 Minimum time between the start up of two compressors Sets the minimum time which must elapse between successive start ups of 2 compressors if configured for 2 comp Delaying the activation of the compressors avoids overloading the line due to close or simultaneous peaks Range 0103005 Def 30 c5 OFF delay between the two compressors Sets the minim
197. mospheric agents in general When connecting the regulator use cable ends suitable for the terminals being used separate as far as possible the probe cables and the digital input cables from cables with inductive loads and power cables to avoid any electromagnetic disturbance never place power cables and probe cables serial and digital input cables in the same channels including those in the electrical panels avoid to fix togheter cables avoid in addition the probe cables being installed close to power devices contactors thermal overload switches etc Attention incorrect connection of the power supply may seriously damage the system The use of the electronic regulator does not preclude the provision on the unit of all the electromechanical devices required to guarantee the safety of the system 3 2 Protection against electric shock The power supply must feature a safety transformer as the insulation between the terminals of the power supply and the RS485 serial output is functional only Disconnect the power supply before operating on the board during mounting maintenance or replacement Clamp the cables so that the accidental removal of a live wire does not affect the safety of the device The system made up of MAC2000A00 MAC2SER000 MAC2CLK000 MCHRTF 0 represents a control device to be incorporated into class or Il appliances The category of protection against electric shock depends on the way
198. must be set to obtain at the output the minimum and maximum voltage respectively accepted by the motor used The values set do not correspond to the effective voltage in Volts but to an internal calculation of the uAC With the CONVO 10A0 module or with FCS3 three phase regulators set F2 0 F3 100 Range F2 OtoF4 step Def F2 35 Range F3 F3to100 step Def F3 75 F4 Duration of triac impulse Represents the width in milliseconds of the on pulse of the triac For inductive tyoe motors set F4 2 on the other hand for capacitative tyoe motors or with the CONVO 10A0 module or with FCS3 three phase regulators set F4 0 Range 0to15ms Def 2 F5 Regulation band percentage for minimum speed or temp pressure for minimum speed in condensation F6 Regulation band percentage for maximum speed or temp pressure for maximum speed in condensation When fan speed regulation is used to control the main fan F5 and F6 represent the percentage of the regulation band see Fig 30 when on the other hand it is used to control the condensation fan F5 and F6 are absolute temperature or pressure values see Fig 31 Warning if the parameter indicates a temperature this is not automatically converted to Fahrenheit on changing the parameter C see diagrams at the end of the paragraph Range F5 010 6 C F Def F5 20 Range F6 F5t0100 Def F6 100 F5 AtoF6 bar F5t0158 C F F5to 5 bar F7 Minimum output
199. n the display by the symbol and its activation is subject to temperature management In the case of exceeding the LOW LIMIT equal to 3 2 r3 see fig 21 22 and fig 21 b 22 b the cooling actuators are deactivated ignoring indeed the request for dehumidification while the heating actuators continue operating according to the type of regulation set until the temperature reaches the SET the dynamic SET which cancels the neutral zone moving the regulation of the heating actuators towards the cooling actuators as long as the dehumidification progress lasts Beyond this limit the dehumidification cycle recommences If fan speed reduction is selected this is equal to the value set by parameter F7 In the shelter configuration the activation of the dehumidification inhibits the opening of the damper for 2 hours HA Function of the dehumidification humidification relay Sets the function of the relay Out 7 0 Relay energised in dehumidification 1 Relay de energised in dehumidification 2 Alarm relay for non serious signals 3 Output for rotation control 4 Relay energised in humidification 5 Relay de energised in humidification 6 Fan 2 on in dehumidification 7 Fan 2 off in dehumidification This relay can alternatively be used as an auxiliary alarm relay that is to signal non serious alarms see Tab 5 on p 35 In the latter case the activation logic follows that of the main alarm relay Out 6 determined by parameter
200. n umidificazione de energised in humidification 6 selezione a 2 vent acceso in deum 2 fan selection on during deum 7 selezione a 2 vent spento in deum 2 fan selection off during deum Funzione uscita Y2 taglio di fase Function of output Y2 phase cut 0 controllo velocit ventilatore mandata supply fan speed control 1 controllo velocit ventilatore condensazione tramite B3 1 condensation fan speed control using B3 2 controllo velocit ventilatore condensazione tramite B2 2 condensation fan speed control using B2 Funzione della sonda B2 Function of probe B2 FF 3 flag 1 0 41 0 compensazione compensation 1 free cooling tramite 0 10V free cooling using 0 10V 2 free cooling tramite Out3 Out4 free cooling using Out3 Out4 3 free cooling On Off con Out3 free cooling ON OFF with Out3 4 controllo condensazione condensation control Funzione della sonda B3 Function of probe B3 FEM F 1 flag 1 0 12 0 0 controllo umidit humidity control 1 controllo condensazione condensation control Ingresso digitale ON OFF ON OFF digital input UUUU O 1 flag IE 0 0 assente absent 1 presente present Logica del rel di allarme Alarm relay logic URW U HEI 0 3 flags 1 0 0 diseccitato in allarme per tutti gli allarmi 0 de energised in alarm for all alarms 1 eccitato in allarme per tutti gli allarmi energised in alarm for all alarms 2 diseccitato in allarme solo per gli allarmi gravi 2 de
201. nd by mode for a period equal to parameter PA and for 1 minute from exceeding the set threshold These are signal only alarms with an hysteresis of 1 R H tC compressor thermal overload alarm Immediate alarm causes the instant switching off of the compressor This is managed only if parameter H5 1 or 5 one compressor only or two compressors in tandem Manuale cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 tF allarme termico ventilatore Allarme immediato provoca lo spegnimento istantaneo di tutti dispositivi senza rispettare le tempistiche dei compressori Viene gestito solo se il parametro H5 1 o 5 un solo compressore due compressori in tandem t1 t2 termico fan 1 2 Allarme configurabile tramite il parametro HA 6 o 7 Allarme immediato provoca lo spegnimento istantaneo dell uscita relativa e t1 ventilatore di mandata 1 102 e t2 ventilatore di mandata 2 104 Se entrambi sono attivi viene forzato anche l allarme di flusso FL che spegner tutte le uscite vedi descrizione FL AL allarme generico esterno Allarme configurabile tramite i parametri Pb e PC Se configurato come allarme grave spegne tutti gli attuatori senza rispettare le tempistiche PA allarme mancanza alimentazione shelter Allarme esterno di assenza alimentazione ritardato di 2 s Viene generato se il modello configurato shelter e l ingresso ID6 aperto esso provoca lo spegnimento immediato di compressore e resistenza ment
202. ness when starting from stable proportional regulation regulation is active only if the value read by the probe is within 110 of the proportional zone The integrator is reset in stand by in sleep mode and in dehumidification Range 101036005 Def 600 rG Authority for compensation Constant for compensation of the operating set point based on the temperature measured by probe B2 see Fig 26 Range 2 0t02 0 Def 0 5 rH Cooling set point compensation Establishes the set point for external temperature B2 beyond which compensation begins see Fig 26 Range 20to60 C 410140 Def 25 0 ri Heating set point compensation Establishes the set point for external temperature B2 below which compensation begins see Fig 26 Range 20t060 C 410140 Def 10 0 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 rL Differenziale free cooling solo per shelter Imposta il differenziale per il consenso all attivazione del free cooling shelter cio ingresso aria esterna tramite apertura di una serranda l azione di free cooling condizionata dalla seguente relazione B1 B2 gt rL cio temp ripresa temp aria esterna gt rL Il consenso viene interdetto con un differenziale relativo fisso di 1 5 C Pag 22 Il consenso viene altres negato se la sonda B2 guasta La percentuale di apertura della serranda visibile sul display tramite le barrette verticali accanto al simbolo del ghiacc
203. nexi n el ctrica A PRECAUCION La energ a el ctrica trif sica debe estar conectada a los terminales de la bornera de tensi n de l nea de la unidad en la secuencia adecuada de modo que el los compresor es SCROLL s giren en la direcci n correspondiente A PRECAUCION Consulte la etiqueta del transformador para realizar la conexi n de la derivaci n principal Si la tensi n que se le aplicara a la unidad es distinta de la tensi n de la derivaci n principal precableada el instalador deber cambiar la desviaci n principal del transformador A PRECAUCION Utilice solo cable de cobre Aseg rese que todas las conexiones est n firmes Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 8 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 9 MONITOR DE VOLTAJE El monitor de voltaje instalado en la UCC protege los motores de cambios en las fases o variaciones en el voltaje de alimentaci n del equipo El dispositivo supervisa el voltaje de la l nea el desequilibrio de las fases y temporiza el arranque una vez ha ocurrido una falla Para ampliar la informaci n sobre la operaci n del monitor de fase se debe referir al cat logo del fabricante de este equipo el cual se entrega con los manuales del equipo 10 PROCEDIMIENTO DE CONTROL PARA INSTALACION Traslado y ubicaci n del equipo Desembalaje el material recibido Verifique que la distancia alrededor del equ
204. ng actuators are on and heating actuators are off In particular the conditions leading to the activation of the alarm are e ED atleast one compressor on and heating elements off or heating valve closed cooling valve open more than 50 and heating valve closed or heating elements off CW This alarm when detected only blocks the compressor on at that moment while the second compressor remains enabled AH humidifier alarm Alarm delayed by 30 seconds If detected the humidifier output Oto10Vac or relay is deactivated Lt low temperature alarm Ht high temperature alarm These alarms are delayed on the start up of the regulator or on exiting stand by mode for a period equal to parameter PA and for 1 minute on exceeding the set threshold The reset occurs if programmed as automatic 1 degree above Lt and 1 degree below Ht the threshold In addition exceeding the high temperature threshold causes the immediate start up of the compressors without waiting the corresponding delay times ht high temperature prealarm This alarm can be configured using the PG 1 parameter This alarm is delayed by the startup of the regulator or by going out of the stand by for a time equal to the parameter PA and of 1 minute from the overcoming of the threshold If programmed as automatic the reset occurs 1 degree below the P7 2 threshold LH HH low high humidity alarm These alarms are delayed on start up or on exiting sta
205. ng hours of the fan Pressing the and buttons together during the display of this parameter resets the hour counter only in USER or FACTORY mode and cancels the maintenance request if enabled Range 0to30000 hours Def 0 Fb Filter hour counter threshold Sets the number of filter operating hours beyond which the maintenance request is signalled 0 this function is not handled Range 0to30000 hours Def 0 FC Filter hour counter Indicates the number of operating hours of the filter This hour counter is increased if the fan is working as a result until reset the first time has the same value as FA Pressing the f and Y buttons together during the display of this parameter resets the hour counter only in USER or FACTORY mode and cancels the maintenance request if enabled Range 0to30000 hours Def 0 Fd Supply fan off delay Specifies the time in seconds during which the fan stays on after switching from ON gt STAND BY keypad time bands digital input rotation Range 0to900s Def 20 FE Fan pick up time in condensation Sets the operating time at maximum speed on starting up the fans if used for condensation control to overcome the mechanical inertia of the motor If set to 0 the function is not performed that is the fans are activated at minimum speed and then controlled according to the condensation temperature pressure Range 010605 Def 4 Diagrammi di funzionamento del ventilatore
206. no External regulator ON OFF remoio Remoie ON OFF e a Sle ele Sensore conducibilit 1 T Conductivity sensor 34 a Y 4 DIP SWITCH q 02 es lt n es RR CN xy _ K XA 5 2 XX RK CK 574 XX X gt 5 KI LL DIP SWITCH TA RATE lt gt ARS XX lt gt lt 2X xS 2 CX ex SxS AAA SR ea e ox X LL lt gt x X QS KR XX S T 52 lt lt ox S 2 5 lt gt 6 505 Xx r 52 gt gt OPTIONAL STEAM BOILER UNIT POWER SUPPLY Fig 4 1 230 Vac Relays not supplied by Carel 250 Vac 5 2 A Only for KUE 2 with 230 Vac valves otherwise direct G connection from CP to KUE with 24 Vac EV2 valves D DRAIN material not supplied by CAREL refer manual 050005765 CAREL code 050221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 26 OEM 5 STARTING CONTROL AND SHUTDOWN IMPORTANT WARNINGS 1 Before starting the unit check that the humidifier is in good condition that there are no water leaks and that the electrical parts are dry 2 Do not power the appliance if it is damaged or even partially wet When inst
207. no all effettiva tensione in Volt ma ad una unit di calcolo interno del AC Con il modulo CONVO 10A0 o con regolatori trifasi FCS3 porre F2 0 e F3 100 Range F2 0 F4 step Def F2 35 Range F3 F3 100 step Def F3 75 F4 Durata impulso triac Rappresenta la durata in millisecondi dell impulso di accensione del triac Per motori con comportamento induttivo porre F4 2 invece per motori con comportamento capacitivo o con il modulo CONVO 10A0 o con regolatori trifasi FCS3 porre F4 0 Range 0 15 ms Def 2 F5 Percentuale banda regolazione per minima velocit o temp pressione minima velocit in condensazione F6 Percentuale banda regolazione per massima velocit o temp pressione massima velocit in condensazione Quando la regolazione di velocit dei ventilatori viene utilizzata per pilotare il ventilatore principale F5 ed F6 rappresentano la percentuale di banda di regolazione vedi fig 30 mentre quando si utilizza per pilo tare il ventilatore di condensazione F5 ed F6 sono dei valori assoluti di temperatura o pressione vedi fig 31 Attenzione se il parametro indica una temperatura questa non viene automaticamente convertita in Fahrenheit al variare del parametro C vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Range F5 0 F6 C F F5 4 F6 bar Def F5 20 Range F6 F5 100 F5 158 C F F5 5 bar Def F6 100 F7 Valore di minima uscita Consente di specificare un valore di velocit
208. nominales con una eficiencia de 60 65 y 90 95 filtros compacto ligero y f cil de instalar mini pliegue de gran superficie filtrante de fibra de vidrio Son de media y alta eficiencia con un espesor nominal de 4 SERPENTINES serpent n evaporador se construye con tuber a de cobre expandida mec nicamente para lograr una uni n firme con las aletas de aluminio El rea del serpent n y la velocidad del aire est n calculadas para obtener la mayor capacidad latente y sensible del aire La operaci n del compresor depende de la se al de temperatura o humedad que se ajuste para la operaci n del sistema HUMIDIFICADOR Las unidades de UCC tienen un humidificador de vapor que descarga vapor de agua normalizado El vapor es vapor de agua puro a 100 C Cuando el humidificador descarga el vapor en el aire se establece una mezcla aire vapor En esta mezcla la temperatura del vapor disminuye r pidamente hasta la temperatura del aire Este dispositivo de humidificaci n compuesto de un recipiente con agua y un electrodo sumergido controlados por un circuito electr nico que regula la potencia del electrodo y la dosificaci n de vapor Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 3 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION dif UCCOSGEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 DA AIR CONDITIONING WWW CONFORTFRESH COM Alta temperatura del ambiente RESISTENCIAS DE RECALENTAMIENTO Estas Filtros sucios resistencias es
209. o a partire dall istante in cui la macchina viene posta in On e da quando viene rilevato l errore Al momento in cui viene rilevato vengono disattivate le funzioni ad essa relative compensazione e freecooling Se la sonda B2 utilizzata per la condensazione il ventilatore viene forzato alla massima velocit E3 sonda umidit pressione viene generato per sonda aperta e per tensioni superiori a 1 15 V se l ingresso configurato come 0 1 V oppure se l ingresso e configurato come 4 20mA per correnti inferiori a 3 mA e superiori a 23 mA Allarme ritardato di 1 minuto a partire dall istante in cui la macchina viene posta in On e da quando viene rilevato l errore Al momento in cui viene rilevato vengono disattivate le funzioni associate regolazione dell umidit umidifica deumidifica se la sonda B3 viene usata come sensore di pressione per il controllo della condensazione ed presente la sonda B2 per lettura temperatura aria esterna il ventilatore viene forzato alla massima velocit se la temperatura rilevata da B2 15 C Stessa azione anche nel caso di assenza della sonda B2 Sela temperatura B2 lt 15 C invece il ventilatore gira al 50 della velocit E4 sonda temperatura aria mandata viene generato per sonda aperta o in cortocicuito Allarme ritardato di 1 minuto a partire dall istante in cui la macchina viene posta in On e da quando viene rilevato l errore Al momento in cui viene rilevato veng
210. odo estate la presenza e il numero di resistenze dipende dal parametro H6 in modo inverno invece gli attuatori del freddo risultano assenti e le resistenze inibite Shelter macchina ad espansione diretta ad 1 compressore 1 resistenza opzionale H6 controllo condensazione gestione serranda per free cooling e allarme mancanza rete non possibile il controllo dell umidificatore Per configurazione ingressi e uscite vedi Tab 1 pag 6 Range 0 3 flag Def 0 H2 Numero di macchine in rotazione H2 selezionato a 0 se la macchina stand alone Abilita la funzione di rotazione di una unit in stand by in un gruppo di H2 unit H2 1 non ha significato Il valore di H2 specifica infatti il numero di unit totali collegate secondo lo schema riportato nel par 4 4 a pag 10 Solo una unit si trova in stand by mentre le altre sono in funzione Trascorso il tempo H4 si ha la rotazione dell unit in riserva secondo l ordine progressivo di indirizzo Se una delle unit in funzione si arresta a causa di un allarme si riattiva automaticamente la macchina in stand by La condizione di allarme viene rivelata con un ritardo di 30 s Range H2 0 6 flags Def H2 0 H3 Indirizzo per unit in rotazione Specifica l indirizzo dell unit se due unit hanno lo stesso indirizzo verranno poste in stand by contemporaneamente l unit di indirizzo 1 il master essa tramite impulsi trasmessi per mezzo dell uscita digitale O
211. oducts without prior notice note CAREL Technology amp Evolution CAREL S p A Via dell Industria 11 35020 Brugine Padova Italy Tel 39 049 9716611 Fax 39 049 9716600 http www carel com e mail carel O carel com Agency Cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 UNIDAD DE PRECISION 5 UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 YN AIR CONDITIONING WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 19 HOJA DE DATOS Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 18 de 19 info confortfresh com 6 Descrizione e configurazione dei parametri 6 Description and configuration of the parameters Sonde Tipo Type Min Max UM Var Def Pres Nuovo Probes HL 0 1 2 3 Min Max Var Def Pres New 1 Presenza sonda aria esterna B2 Presence external air probe B2 0 1 flag 1 0 0 assente absent 1 NTC CAREL TC CAREL 2 Tipo di sonda umidit press temp B3 Type of humidity oress temp probe B3 F F F F 0 2 flags 1 0 assente absent 1 0 1Vdc 0 20mA 0 1Vdc or 0 20 2 4 20 mA 4 20mA 3 Presenza aria mandata B4 Presence supply air 4 F 1 flag 1 0 0 assente absent 1 NTC CAREL abilita allarme relativo NTC CAREL enable corresp alarm 4 Valore umidita pressione a 0 mA 4mA F 5 01 O 27 Value of humidity pressure at 4mA or OVdc bar 5 Valore umidita pressione a 20mA o 1Vdc FEM F EM 100 rH 0 1 100 2 0 Value of humidity pressure at 20mA or 1Vdc bar 6 Calibrazione sonda B1
212. of the drain to dilute cycles are set exclusively by dipswitches B5 B8 The manual calibration procedure explained in detail in the following sections is a process that occurs slowly because the effects of the changes to the frequency and or the duration of the drain to dilute cycles take time to be seen Phenomena such as foam corrosion and electrical discharges through the water cannot be resolved in a short time the manual calibration procedure should be performed with care and patience This is why it is strongly recommended not to use of combination of dipswitches B5 B8 and parameters b8 and b9 this combination is not dangerous however risks complicating the understanding of their effects Dip B5 B8 manual calibration of the drain to dilute cycles The recommended calibration procedure is described below Always wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles after each change to monitor the effect Calibration procedure using dipswitches B5 B8 see further on for the configurations of the dipswitches 1 Drain cycle frequency 33 Drain cycle duration default Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles if the phenomena disappear stop here otherwise continue Drain cycle frequency 66 Drain cycle duration default Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles if the phenomena disappear stop here otherwise continue Drain cycle frequency default Drain cycle duration 33 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles if the phen
213. oles de operaci n y seguridad se calibran seg n los par metros de la tabla No 5 Es importante conservar el ajuste de los temporizadores de los compresores ya que evita el arranque simult neo de los mismos previendo ocasionar altos amperajes que hagan saltar la protecci n general de la unidad Tambi n es muy importante verificar el punto de ajuste del monitor de fase para que pueda proteger la unidad eficazmente Cada instalaci n podr a requerir un ajuste diferente del monitor de fase y del control electr nico se debe tener especial cuidado cuando se selecciona el punto de ajuste del monitor ya que este no puede ser demasiado bajo o alto porque la unidad operar sin una protecci n eficaz TABLA No 5 CARACTER STICAS EL CTRICAS voro VOLTAGE 2 c u MPS 7 6 220 3 60 HUMIDIF 1 FLA amps c u AIR CONDITIONING CONFORTFRESH TABLA No 4 PUNTOS DE AJUSTE 350 PSIG 40 PSIG Nominal Voltage 220 Volt Voltage Range 10 Phase Unbalance 5 Time 3 Min Start Up Dela Non Critical Failures Disconnect Time Delay Reset Mode Control Mode 15 Sec AUTO ON 13 DATOS ELECTRICOS La siguiente tabla proporciona par metros el ctricos de cada componente y un amperaje m ximo de operaci n del equipo para la selecci n del cable que debe traer el suministro el ctrico de la unidad Se debe tener en cuenta los requisitos del c digo el ctrico loc
214. ollegamento seriale non fissare insieme i cavi evitare inoltre che i cavi delle sonde siano installati nelle immediate vicinanze di dispositivi di potenza contattori interruttori magneto termici ecc Attenzione il non corretto allacciamento della tensione di alimentazione puo danneggiare seriamente il sistema L utilizzo del regolatore elettronico non esime dal predisporre sul l unit tutti i dispositivi elettromeccanici utili per garantire la sicu rezza dell impianto 3 2 Protezione contro le scosse elettriche Il trasformatore di alimentazione deve essere di sicurezza perch Pisolamento tra morsetti di alimentazione e l uscita seriale RS485 e solo funzionale Togliere alimentazione prima di intervenire sulla scheda in fase di montaggio manutenzione o sostituzione Fascettare i cavi in modo che il distacco accidentale di un conduttore in tensione non comprometta la sicurezza sistema composto da MAC2000A00 25 MAC2CLK000 MCHRTF 0 costituisce un dispositivo di comando da incorporare in apparecchiature in classe o La classe relativa alla protezione contro le scosse elettriche dipende dalla modalit con cui viene eseguita l integrazione del dispositivo di comando nella macchina realizzata dal costruttore La protezione contro i cortocircuiti per cablaggi diffettosi deve essere garantita dal costruttore dell apparecchiatura in cui il dispositivo di comando viene incorporato 3 3 Istruz
215. olo con cicalino attivo macchina in On da tastiera o da supervisore si riferisce alla variabile Eeprom Lo stato di On effettivo della macchina pu dipendere inoltre dall ingresso digitale ON OFF dalla fascia oraria attiva dalla condizione di stand by trasmessa dall unita master se pi unit in rotazione ed indicato dall accensione del simbolo del ventilatore I simboli ON OFF sul Display si accendono solo con l ingresso del contatto remoto abilitato ed indicano lo stato del contatto stesso LED On verde 2 3 La tastiera Prg on off alarm Il significato dei tasti il seguente Commuta stato se la macchina accesa una pressione del tasto la pone in Standby viceversa viene riattivata Premuto per 5 s permette di accedere ai parametri User In presenza di allarme tacita il cicalino Pressioni successive visualizzano ciclicamente corrente la data e la temperatura dell aria in ambiente In fase di programmazione permette di scorrere o incrementare il valore dei parametri Tenuto premuto visualizza il set point In fase di programmazione permette di scorrere o diminuire il valore dei parametri Premuto per 5 s permette di accedere ai parametri Direct In fase di programmazione permette di modificare il valore del parametro selezionato vedi par 5 2 Modifica parametri Premuti assieme per 5 s permettono di accedere ai parametri Factory Premuti assieme p
216. olo se eseguito in modalit USER o FACTORY e cancella la richiesta di manutenzione se abilitata Range 0 30000 ore Def 0 Fd Ritardo spegnimento ventilatore mandata Permette di specificare il tempo in secondi durante il quale il ventilatore rimane acceso dopo una commutazione ON gt STAND BY tastiera fasce orarie ingresso digitale rotazione Range 0 900 s Def 20 FE Tempo di spunto ventole in condensazione Stabilisce il tempo di funzionamento alla massima velocit all accensione delle ventole se utilizzata per controllo di condensazione per vincere l inerzia meccanica del motore Se posto a 0 la funzione non viene ese guita ovvero le ventole vengono attivate alla minima velocit e poi con trollate in base alla temperatura pressione di condensazione Range 0 60 s Def 4 Diagrammi di funzionamento del ventilatore principale in macchine di tipo ED o CW con F1 1 Operating diagrams of the main fan in ED or CW machines with F1 1 F8 o Fan speed F5 r3 100 y F5 r2 100 F6 r3 100 i F6 r2 100 Low limit R1 C1 deum i Set r1 B1 3 2 r3 r3 r4 r2 Controllo vent in mandata Supply fan control Fig 30 F9 Supply fan hour counter threshold Sets the number of fan operating hours beyond which the maintenance request is signalled 0 this function is not handled Range 0to30000 hours Def 0 FA Supply fan hour counter Indicates the number of operati
217. omena disappear stop here otherwise continue Drain cycle frequency 33 Drain cycle duration 33 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles if the phenomena disappear stop here otherwise continue Drain cycle frequency 66 Drain cycle duration 33 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles if the phenomena disappear stop here otherwise continue Drain cycle frequency default Drain cycle duration 66 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles if the phenomena disappear stop here otherwise continue Drain cycle frequency 33 Drain cycle duration 66 Wait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles if the phenomena disappear stop here otherwise continue Drain cycle frequency 66 Drain cycle duration 66 Vait a couple of a drain to dilute cycles if the phenomena disappear stop otherwise contact aftersales carel com 2 XA 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 The frequency of the drain to dilute cycles can be changed using dipswitches B7 B8 DIP B7 8 frequency of the drain to dilute cycles 7_8 Frequency calculated by CP ON OFF Frequency calculated by CP 30 2 N si mJ O O 2 N N Frequency calculated by 33 Frequency calculated by CP 66 O O m Z e The duration of the drain to dilute cycles can be changed using dipswitches B5 B6 DI
218. on should be present per demand This voltage could be AC DC and or serial communication Some HVAC OEM s provide troubleshooting tools for use on their motors Genteq also has a troubleshooting tool for this purpose that will work on all of their variable soeed motors in all HVAC OEM systems with the exception of the model 2 5 motor This tool is called the TECMate PRO This device will simulate a communication signal to the motor The TECMate PRO is available at most distributors as well as our website www theDealerToolbox com Begin set up with the TECMate PRO switch in the off position The TECMate PRO has two wires with alligator clips for connection to a 24vac power supply they are not polarity sensitive The green led on the TECMate PRO will turn on when properly connected to 24vac The 16 pin connector from the TECMate PRO is connected to the motor in place of the HVAC OEM 16 pin harness 4 pin connector on the latest model 3 0 The 5 pin high voltage connector must be connected to the motor with its power confirmed and the system power turned on after all of these connections are completed for this test If the motor runs when the TECMate PRO switch is turned on the problem is before the motor in the HVAC system If the motor does not run with the TECMate PRO then the motor control is failed and will need to be replaced The motor however may still be good 5 pin Connector Re installed TECMate 16 pin Connector
219. on to operate the motor Always check the wiring and proper operation of the entire system including system safeguards after all service and repair work Conclusion The variable speed motor produced by Genteg ECM is currently in its 6 generation Reliability improvements over these generations include Fully encapsulated electronics to protect against moisture damage Improved EMI filter to provide protection against line transient voltage spikes Speed limiting to prevent over current operation due to extremely high external static pressure operation Durable ball bearings on all models With proper installation set up and annual system maintenance these motors are providing proven reliability in today s high end HVAC systems The HVAC OEM has almost limitless ability to choose the amount of airflow on off delays and comfort profiles for each demand of the system It is imperative that the contractor consult installation and service manuals to set up the system properly and take advantage of all of its capabilities Attending the HVAC OEM classes on variable speed products as with all products is also highly recommended 2010 Genteq 11 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 Constant Torque ECM Genteq introduced the Constant Torque motor model X13 to the residential HVAC industry split systems and package systems 5 ton or less in 2006 The term Constant Torque defines the type or style of ECM it is programmed
220. ondizioni di funzionamento 0 65 C U R lt 80 non condensante Dimensioni scheda 46x44 mm Grado di protezione 00 Inquinamento ambientale normale Limiti temperatura delle superfici come temp di funzionamento Classificazione secondo la protezione contro le scosse elettriche da incorporare in apparecchiature di Classe o Categoria di resistenza al calore e al fuoco D PTI dei materiali di isolamento 250V Uscita seriale connettore morsetto a vite a 3 vie per fili con sezione min di 0 2 mm e sezione max di 1 5 mm Standard RS485 asincrona optoisolata Velocit massima 19200 baud Numero massimo di dispositivi 200 Distanza massima dal supervisore 1 km Cavo da utilizzare 1 coppia intrecciata e scherm AWG20 22 con capacit tra i conduttori lt di 90pF m esempio i cavi BELDEN 8761 8762 Protezione contro le scosse elettriche il dispositivo garantisce solo un isolamento funzionale tra la sorgente di alimentazione del AC e la linea seriale pertanto il trasformatore di alimentazione del AC deve essere di sicurezza 9 Optional boards The uAC is designed for the application of optional boards depending on requirements RS485 serial board the uAC can be included in a supervisory or telemaintenance network MCHRTF 0A0 board the regulator controls the speed of the fan pro portionally clock board enables the clock functions time bands and alarm log programming key allows the list of set parameter
221. onnect if necessary xx Replace the CP board 10 long Foam Foam 46 Lubricants solvents de yy Wash all water supply hoses tergents in the supply water thoroughly at times the water hoses 77 The water conductivity must are dirty after installation between 125 and1250 uS cm bring the water within the limit values shown in the table at the end of the list of alarms IMPORTANT softening the water may worsen the problem 47 Softened water aaa The water conductivity must be between 125 and1250 uS cm bring the water within the limit values shown in the table at the end of the list of alarms IMPORTANT softening the water may worsen the problem 22 050003765 rel 2 0 17 02 11 11 long Only Via RS485 9 short The cylinder requires maintenance due to the accumulation of lime scale Note the Cylinder almost depleted and Cylinder depleted warnings can be disabled by setting B4 ON Hour counter error Internal memory error 48 High level sensor short bbb If possible open the cylin circuited der and clean tt 49 Malfunction of the high ccc Make sure the electrical level sensor electrical circuit connections between the sensor and the CP board are correct reconnect if necessary ddd Replace the I O board eee Replace the controller 50 The lime scale limits fff Routine maintenance check Warning Manual Not active steam production the correct oper
222. ono disattivate le funzioni ad essa relative gestione allarme At temperatura mandata e se attivo il free cooling con controllo della temperatura di mandata viene chiusa la serranda EE errore lettura scrittura dati da EEPROM Puo verificarsi anche al reset solo se non e possibile effettuate la correzione del banco secondario Questo errore non influenza il funzionamento del regolatore EL alimentazione insufficiente in scrittura eeprom Errore di scrittura dati su EEPROM dovuto a mancanza di alimentazione o tensione di alimentazione inferiore a 13 Veff H1 H2 alta pressione C1 C2 Viene rilevato indipendentemente dall accensione del compressore e provoca lo spegnimento immediato dello stesso senza rispettare le tempistiche relative L allarme H2 viene gestito solo se il parametro H5 2 o 4 due circuiti indipendenti Se presente la regolazione dei ventilatori di condensazione questi si attivano per 60 s alla massima velocit prima di spegnersi L1 L2 bassa pressione C1 C2 Viene rilevato solo con compressore acceso e provoca lo spegnimento immediato dello stesso senza rispettare le tempistiche relative l allarme e ritardato di P3 secondi dalla partenza del compressore stesso Se impostato il ripristino automatico parametro P5 la riaccensione del compressore viene tentata per 10 volte poi l allarme diventa a ripristino automatico l allarme L2 viene gestito solo se il parametro H5 2 o 4 due circuiti indipendenti 36 8
223. ovements should be made to lower it Any total ESP below the maximum is typically acceptable as long as it produces the required amount of airflow for the installed system Use the HVAC OEM performance charts to compare the total ESP measured to the delivered airflow per tap System efficiency noise levels and potential service issues will all be improved when the total ESP is as close to the HVAC OEM recommendation as possible HVAC OEM installation manuals provide guidelines that should be followed per unit for best performance Some important examples of the guidelines found in these manuals include filter sizing charts proper duct connections and unit cut outs On fossil fuel systems the temperature rise should always be measured and corrected if not within the HVAC rating on the data plate of that unit Note Water damage is one of the most reoccurring failures with electrical components Always construct and size the condensate drains and traps by the HVAC OEM specifications Troubleshooting Before troubleshooting any HVAC system it s a good practice to become familiar with the components and wiring diagram check for and follow any on board diagnostics HVAC OEM system fault codes On X13 motor systems it s also a good practice to check the tap selections and delay settings The HVAC OEM manuals will typically be required for these settings and can also provide valuable sequence of operation and troubleshooting help If the moto
224. ow voltage communication is applied to a programmed tap If proper low voltage communication is present at a programmed tap with proper high voltage to the motor and it still does not operate the motor is failed Main Disconnect G L1 hhe SN AS Thermostat WR Common Heat Heat Heat Cool Cool 2 Ton OEM Circuit Cool 3 Ton Board No Program Repair The X13 motor is programmed specifically for each HVAC OEM model and size unit it is used in The replacement motor must be an exact match to the system it was removed from including the voltage There are no universal replacement motors Using the wrong motor voids all product warranties and may produce unexpected results Always follow all instructions included with the replacement motor 2010 Genteq 18 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 The X13 motor should be mounted so that the belly band does not cover any of the motor vents and is not located in the Keep Out Area approximately 2 75 from the control end of the motor The connectors should be facing down when the blower section is in the system and the wires leaving the motor should be formed into a drip loop If there is any sign of water damage on the old motor correct the water issue 2 75 Bellyband Recommended Keep Out Area Bellyband Area Dnp Loop Connector Orientation Between 4 and o clock Drip Loop The X1
225. ply fan OFF delay Tempo di spunto ventole in condensazione Fan pick up time in condensation TI TI 15 anu TI TI An 2 Min Min 0 0 0 0 Min Min Max Max 300 900 900 300 300 1 300 30000 30000 30000 Max Max F4 100 15 F6 100 158 5 F8 100 30000 30000 30000 30000 900 60 U M flags step step ms GSF bar Var Var Def Pres New nd a bh 1 M Var U o M Var 1 0 1 Def Pres Nuovo 60 60 360 30 0 0 20 Def Pres Nuovo Def Pres New 1 35 20 100 10 100 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 e Q Tm m Allarme Alarm HL Ritardo allarme di flusso dalla partenza ventilatore Flow alarm delay from fan start up Ritardo allarme di flusso durante il funzionamento Flow alarm delay during operation Ritardo allarme bassa pressione dalla partenza compressore Low pressure alarm delay from compressor ON Attivazione del buzzer Buzzer activation 0 OFF 1 14 min 15 continuo continuous Reset allarmi varie configurazioni Reset alarms various configurations Delta dal set effettivo per allarme bassa temperatura Delta from effective set point for low temperature alarm Delta dal set effettivo per allarme alta temperatura Delta from effective set point for high temperature alarm Delta dal set per allar
226. r en pulgadas 8 CPV RE 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 15 24mts OOft 8 8 5 8 8 en 48mts 8 CONEXIONES ELECTRICAS Todos los modelos requieren suministro el ctrico trifasico El suministro el ctrico debe cumplir con todas las reglamentaciones sobre electricidad local y nacional Consulte la placa del fabricante del equipo con respecto al tamano de los cables y los requisitos de proteccion del circuito Consulte el esquema de electricidad cuando realice las conexiones Debe instalarse un desconectador manual de acuerdo con las reglamentaciones locales y el sistema de distribuci n Consulte las reglamentaciones locales sobre requisitos de desconexi n externa LN ADVERTENCIA Peligro de descarga Algunos circuitos de esta unidad contienen tensi n muy peligrosa La descarga el ctrica puede provocar lesiones o incluso la muerte Desconecte todo suministro el ctrico local y remoto antes de trabajar en la unidad AIR CONDITIONING lt LN ADVERTENCIA La instalaci n y el servicio de este equipo deben estar a cargo solo del personal que cuente con la capacitaci n especializada en instalaci n de equipos de aire acondicionado Una manipulaci n o instalaci n incorrecta puede provocar da os al equipo lesiones o incluso la muerte LN ADVERTENCIA Use volt metro para asegurarse de que se ha cortado el suministro el ctrico antes de realizar cualquier co
227. r is running but the system is noisy shutting down its limits or safeties or the evaporator is freezing there 15 a good chance the motor is good The problem is most likely external to the motor Check the tap selections using the HVAC OEM guide Check the air distribution system components for dirt load and closed dampers registers and grilles Measure the total external static pressure Make repair s if above the HVAC OEM recommended maximum level and confirm airflow at the new total ESP with the performance charts Aftermarket filter sizing is a common issue 2010 Genteg M 16 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 If the motor is not running the following checks will diagnose whether it is operational Always disconnect the power to the HVAC system before disconnecting or reconnecting any connectors to these motors There are two inputs needed to operate this motor a high voltage constant power source and the low voltage communication that selects the torque value in each tap per demand Checking the high voltage input First check the high voltage to terminals L and N There should be 115VAC 230VAC or 460VAC depending on the model between these two terminals whenever there is power to the system regardless of a demand call Applying incorrect high voltage to the X13 motor may cause the motor to not operate or even damage the motor On 115VAC systems make sure the polarity of the power connected to the motor is correct
228. r the operating diagrams see Fig 27 and 28 on p 22 The parameters to be selected are Hc rL and rn The compressor alarms and PA alarm enable the opening of the damper independently of the external temperature Hd Function of probe B3 Enables probe B3 as humidity sensor or for the control of condensation pressure 0 Humidity control 1 Condensation control Range 0to1 flag Def 0 HE ON OFF digital input Enables the digital input 1 1 as Remote With the input open the machine is in stand by signalled by the symbol OFF on the display applying on the other hana a voltage of 24V the unit is turned on signalled by the symbol ON on the display 0 Absent 1 Present Range 0to1 flag Def 0 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 HF Logica del rele di allarme Out 6 Consente di selezionare la logica del rele normalmente eccitato o diseccitato e la categoria di allarmi che attivano tale rel vedi Tab 5 a pag 35 0 Rel diseccitato per tutti gli allarmi 1 Rel eccitato per tutti gli allarmi 2 Rel diseccitato per i soli allarmi gravi 3 Rel eccitato per i soli allarmi gravi Range 0 3 flags Def 0 HG Ritardo all accensione Imposta il tempo di attesa ad ogni commutazione da stand by a ON oppure al POWER ON Durante tale fase il led verde viene acceso ma tutti gli attuatori rimangono spenti Range 0 300 s Def 0 HH Password USER Seleziona il valor
229. r7 Dehumidification differential Sets the dehumidific differ see diag at the end of the paragraph Range 11020 rH Def 3 Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 r8 Zona neutra controllo umidit Permette di impostare la zona neutra vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Quando l umidit misurata dalla sonda B3 si trova all interno di questa zona l uscita 0 10 V che attiva l umidificatore vale 0 e la deumidifica non attiva Range 1 20 rH Def 2 r9 Set point temperatura inverno Set point invernale per il modello CW cool heat H1 2 La sua attivazione avviene tramite l ingresso digitale 07 Range rA rb C F Def 18 0 rA Set minimo temperatura Limita il valore minimo dei parametri r1 e r9 Con la compensazione del set tramite sonda aria esterna tale valore rappresenta anche il limite inferiore di escursione del set vedi fig 26 Range 20 rb C 4 rb F Def 0 rb Set massimo temperatura Limita il valore massimo dei parametri r1 e r9 Con la compensazione del set tramite sonda aria esterna tale valore rappresenta anche il limite superiore di escursione del set vedi fig 26 Range rA 60 C rA 140 F Def 50 Set minimo umidit Limita il valore minimo impostabile tramite il parametro r5 Range 0 rd rH Def 0 rd Set massimo umidit Limita il valore massimo impostabile tramite il parametro r5 Range rc 100 rH Def 100 rE Tipo regolazione
230. ra electrost tica en polvo secada en horno color beige para obtener una m xima protecci n contra la corrosi n Todos los paneles est n forrados internamente por una l mina de fibra de vidrio de 1 de espesor esta fibra tiene un recubrimiento sint tico que la protege de la corrosi n del aire es ret rdate al fuego y ayuda a la disminuci n del ruido transmitido al cuarto El serpent n y las tuber as que generan condensaci n de agua est n colocados sobre una bandeja de acero inoxidable para la recolecci n del agua de condensaci n CONFORTFRESH YN AIR CONDITIONING COMPRENSORES Todas las unidades UCC est n integradas de compresores Scroll En las unidades m s grandes el compresor Scroll tiene protecciones internas contra cargas excesivas de corriente e igualmente todas las unidades tienen los motores protegidos externamente contra las cargas excesivas de corriente VENTILADORES CENTR FUGOS Estos ventiladores est n construidos en aletas de acero curvadas hacia adelante con doble entrada y doble ancho El Ventilador se entrega instalado balanceado de f brica con acople por transmisi n directo Los motores son monof sicos de 60Hz 208 230 voltios Las revoluciones del motor son 1050 para 60Hz La transmisi n de poder est dise ada para girar los ventiladores a bajas revoluciones manejar las cantidades de aire requeridas con un bajo nivel de ruido Las unidades se suministran con filtros de aire
231. ra umidit all accensione Stabilisce il ritardo di riconoscimento degli allarmi di alta bassa temperatura e umidit all accensione della macchina cio dal passaggio di stato STAND BY gt ON N B L allarme di bassa umidit ritardato alla partenza dell umidificatore Questo per evitare allarme di bassa umidit al reset di un eventuale allarme umidificatore Range 0 150 min Def 20 Pb Tipo gestione ingresso allarme generico ID5 Stabilisce il tipo di allarme generato dall ingresso 105 AL Tale funzione abilitata solo con parametro H2 0 e pu essere gestito anche con macchina in stand by vedi tabella generale parametri P Range 0 6 flag Def 1 PC Ritardo allarme generico Stabilisce il ritardo di attivazione dell allarme generico 105 AL Tale ritardo riferito all attivazione dell allarme stesso Range 0 250 s Def 60 Pd Differenza temperatura ritorno mandata per allarme temperatura mandata Stabilisce la differenza minima tra la temperatura di ritorno misurata da B1 e quella di mandata misurata da B4 affinch non venga generato l allarme funzione raffreddamento At Tale allarme ha un ritardo fisso di 4 minuti N B Per la generazione dell allarme At devono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente le seguenti condizioni 1 Temp mandata gt Temp ripresa Pd cio 4 gt B1 Pd 2 Almeno un compressore acceso oppure valvola del freddo aperta pi del 50 3 Entrambe le resistenze
232. rammazione visualizza il n del parametro r H unit di misura umidit relativa CJ buzzer attivo JE superamento limite contaore 2 stato Off da fasce orarie fasce orarie attive ON OFF stato contatto esterno ON abilitazione macchina OFF macchina in stand by indica che il valore visualizzato la temperatura senza questo simbolo acceso si visualizza il Set point TV 4 l 7 fascia oraria selezionata gt gt gt deumidifica attiva ventilazione attiva 5 9o velocit fan La Ber cooling attivo numero 1 o 2 attuatori freddo apertura valvola freddo oppure in modalit shelter apertura Serranda free coolin Inn pre heating attivo numero 1 0 2 attuatori caldo apertura valvola 50 P umidificazione attiva 5 produzione vapore fase di programmazione Impostazione password blocca modifica parametri L1 TN LI in funzione orologio giorno della settimana visualizzazione orologio Set Up orologio ED j sap O Following is a description of the symbols and the messages shown on the display and the corresponding meaning N B Fig 2 illustrates all the symbols and the messages shown on the display this occurs on starting the regulator ambient temperature in prog displays the value of the parameter or F temp unit of measure degre
233. rated production the hour counter would show 75 hours 11 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 Dip B2 drain with without power supply to the electrodes THe user can choose whether the drain cycles must be performed with the electrodes powered or not powered DIP B2 drain with without power supply to the electrodes 12 3 4 electrodes powered during the drain warning risk of current leaks through the drain OFF OFF default electrodes not powered ON Dip B3 drain due to reduction in production demand The steam production of the CP corresponds to the external demand 1 if the demand increases CP opens the water fill valve to increase the level inside the cylinder and consequently the steam production 2 if the demand decreases there are two possible cases a the drain due to reduction in demand is enabled 1 in this case if the demand decreases by less than 25 e g from 74 to 54 the CP reaches the new steam production requirement by evaporation II on the other hand if the demand is decreases by at least 25 e g from 74 to 44 the CP performs at least one drain cycle so as to quickly reduce the level and reach the new steam production in less time b the drain due to reduction in demand is disabled irrespective of how much the production demand decreases the CP reaches the new steam production requirement by evaporation The drain due to decrease in demand is enabled or disabled using dipswitch B3
234. re da il consenso all apertura della serranda Ed prioritario rispetto all inibizione dovuta ad una richiesta di deumidifica CL allarme orologio guasto Allarme generato dal malfunzionamento della scheda orologio Provoca l interruzione della funzione fasce orarie e il regolatore entra nello stato di On anche se comandato in spegnimento dalla fascia corrente Tale evento non blocca la funzione storico allarmi la quale continua a registrare le segnalazioni ma con valori temporali non corretti n1 avviso manutenzione compressore 1 n2 avviso manutenzione compressore 2 Allarme di sola segnalazione causato dal superamento della soglia contaore visualizzato insieme al simbolo vedi parametri c9 compressore 1 e cA compressore 2 nF avviso manutenzione filtri nU avviso manutenzione ventilatore Allarme di sola segnalazione causato dal superamento della soglia contaore visualizzato insieme al simbolo vedi parametri FC filtri ed FA ventilatore 8 3 Segnalazioni di arresto critico Appaiono a causa di malfunzionamenti interni della macchina e ne provocano l arresto Il codice viene visualizzato sul campo della temperatura ambiente o ora minuti del display Lcd Er Errore di checksum durante la verifica del codice in Flash il controllo non pi utilizzabile Er E Il contenuto della EEPROM memoria parametri si danneggiato E possibile tentare un ripristino ricaricando i valori di default Er L
235. rm condition is detected after a delay of 30s Range H2 0106 flags Def H2 0 H3 Address of unit in rotation Specifies the address of the unit if two units have the same address they are placed in stand by together The unit with address 1 is the master and this unit with impulses transmitted via digital output Out7 sends the other units the command to switch from ON gt STAND BY and vice versa This command is re sent every 10 minutes Range H3 1t06 Def H3 1 H4 Rotation time between a series of units Sets the rotation interval after which the unit off is turned on while the unit with the subsequent address goes to stand by Setting H4 0 activates test mode with a rotation time of 2 mins This operating mode is indicated by the letter C in the day field on the display Range H4 010250 hours Def H4 0 H5 Operating mode of the 2 cooling outputs Out1 Out 2 Sets for models ED and CW H1 1 or 2 the type of cooling actuators connected see table below Range 1105 flags Def 1 Manuale cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 H5 Significato Meaning ID7 1 1compressore su OUTI Alta pressione 1 compressor on OUT1 High pressure 2 2compressori su OUT1 e OUT2 Alta pressione C1 2 compressors on OUT1 and OUT2 High pressure C1 ID8 ID9 ID10 Bassa pressione Termico compressore Termico ventilatore Low pressure Compressor overload Fan overload Bassa pressione C1 Low pressure C1 Alta pression
236. rotor Motor phases are sequentially energized by the electronic control powered from a single phase supply These motors are actually made of two components a motor control control module and a motor sometimes called a motor module Motor Control Control Module Motor Motor Module gt x 2010 Genteq 1 ECM Textbook Rev 2 0 The motor control is the brains of the device where single phase 10 120 or 240 VAC 60 cycle Hertz frequency power is connected The control then converts AC power to DC power to operate the internal electronics thus the name DC motor The microprocessor in the motor control is programmed to then convert DC power by means of electronic controls to a three phase 30 signal to drive the motor thus the name three phase motor lt also has the ability to adjust the frequency which controls the speed in revolutions per minute and the level of current power it delivers to the motor Permanent magnet rotor The motor is essentially a three phase motor with a permanent magnet rotor The permanent magnet rotor contributes to the electrical efficiency of the ECM and also to its sensor less ability to control the rpm revolutions per minute and commutation when to alternate the cycle Typical DC motors require brushes to provide the commutation function This is where the ECM motor gets the name brushless DC motor The benefit of all of this technology is increase
237. rs Held pressed displays the set point In programming phase scrolls or decreases the value of the parameters Pressed for 5 secs accesses the Direct parameters In programming phase modifies the value of the selected parameter see par 5 2 Parameter modification Pressed together for 5 secs access the Factory parameters Pressed together for 2 secs reset the alarms Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 3 Installazione 3 1 Avvertenze Evitare l installazione dei controlli in ambienti con le seguenti caratteristiche umidit relativa maggiore dell 8096 forti vibrazioni o urti esposizioni a continui getti d acqua esposizione ad atmosfere aggressive ed inquinanti es gas solforici e ammoniacali nebbie saline fumi per per evitare corrosione e o ossidazione alte interferenze magnetiche e o radiofrequenze evitare quindi l installazione delle macchine vicino ad antenne trasmittenti esposizioni dei controlli all irraggiamento solare diretto e agli agenti atmosferici in genere Nel collegamento del regolatore Utilizzare capicorda adatti per i morsetti in uso Separare quanto pi possibile i cavi delle sonde e degli ingressi digitali dai cavi dei carichi induttivi e di potenza per evitare possibili disturbi elettromagnetici non inserire mai nelle stesse canaline comprese quelle dei quadri elettrici cavi di potenza con cavi sonde ingressi digitali e di c
238. rtunamente Otros filtros instalados 11 CONTROL ELECTRONICO 11 1 DESCRIPCI N GENERAL El panel electr nico es un microprocesador basado en el control de la temperatura y la humedad con programaci n de puntos de ajuste y funciones de alarma El panel esta espec ficamente dise ado para operar unidades de acondicionamiento de aire para cuartos de c mputo que requieren un control exacto del enfriamiento el calentamiento la humidificaci n la des humidificaci n y el recalentamiento del aire Tambi n supervisa los par metros operacionales como las alta o baja presi n del refrigerante la perdida de presi n a trav s de los filtros de aire a su vez que genera mensajes de alarma por problemas internos del equipo Manual CPV RE13096XB3 9 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 11 2 ARRANQUE INICIAL LN ADVERTENCIA Una manipulaci n instalaci n o reparaci n incorrecta puede provocar dafios al equipo lesiones o incluso la muerte El mantenimiento y la reparaci n de este equipo deben estar a cargo solo del personal capacitado Lea y respete las advertencias de este manual LN ADVERTENCIA Antes de proceder con el arranque inicial aseg rese que la unidad este instalada con las instrucciones de este manual del usuario Una vez finalizada la lista de procedimientos se puede energizar el equipo para alimentar
239. s Nuovo Max U o M Var Def Pres New 3 flags 1 0 6 flags 1 0 6 1 1 H2 0 250 h 1 0 H2 0 5 flags 1 1 4 flags 1 1 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 le T GD O Generali Tipo Type Min Max UM Var Def Pres Nuovo General HL 0 1 2 3 Min Max U o M Var Def Pres New Tempo di escursione valvola 3P o serranda 600 5 1 150 3P valve or damper excursion time Presenza umidificatore Presence of humidifier F 1 flag 1 0 12 0 Tipo di deumidificazione Type of dehumidification FEM F 9 flags 1 0 12 0 0 accensione comp 1 comp 1 ON 1 accensione comp 2 comp 2 ON 2 accensione due comp two comp ON 3 parzializzazione rampa fredda capacity controlled cooling ramp 4 riduzione velocit vent fan speed reduction 5 azione 4 0 action 4 0 6 azione 4 1 action 4 1 7 azione 4 2 action 4 2 8 azione 4 3 action 4 3 9 nessuna azione no action Funzione del rel di deumidificazione umidificazione F ES F flags 1 0 Function of the dehumidification humidification relay 0 eccitato in deumidificazione energised in dehumidification 1 diseccitato in deumidificazione de energised in dehumidification 2 rel per allarmi non gravi segue logica parametro HF 2 relay for non serious alarms follows logic of parameter HF 3 uscita per controllo rotazione output for rotation control 4 eccitato in umidificazione energised in humidification 5 diseccitato i
240. s to be saved and or copied to other instruments in a quick and reliable manner 9 1 RS485 serial board In order to use the uAC in an RS485 supervisory or telemaintenance network the optional RS485 board must be inserted as follows disconnect power from the UAC insert the RS485 board in the relative connector on the I O board see Fig 5 connect the serial line according to the polarity indicated reconnect power to the UAC N B The serial line should be terminated with a 120 ohm 1 4W resistor between the Tx Rx terminals of the RS485 board on the uAC at the opposite end of network from the supervi Sor Set up Set the network address of the UAC using parameter Ho and the speed using parameter HP where HP Speed 1 1200 2 2400 3 4800 4 9600 Fig 37 5 19200 RS485 serial board technical specifications Power supply from the uAC using plug in connector Current consumption 20mA Storage conditions 10to70 C lt 80 non condensing Operating conditions 0t065 C lt 80 non condensing Dimensions 46x44 mm Index of protection 00 Environmental pollution normal Surface temperature limits as for operating temperatures Classification according to protection against electric shock to be integrated in Class or Il devices Category of resistance to heat and fire D PTI of materials used for insulation 250V Serial output 3 way screw terminal connector for leads with min cross section of
241. sable Warning Disable Resetting the Energised steady or hour counter oscillating energi via RS485 or sed for 10 seconds dipswitch B1 every 12 hours depending on Bit 7 of b1 weight 128 0 gt steady Bit 7 of b1 weight 128 1 gt oscillating NOTE the inter mittent activation even if enabled is not performed if other alarms are active Resetting the Energised steady hour counter via RS485 or dipswitch 1 Manual Not active Automatic Active when the water supply returns the supply 15 checked every 10 minutes by opening the fill valve and closing the contactor 050003765 rel 2 0 1702 11 20 Steam hose bent choked or blocked by con densate this may cause high backpressure that prevents the water from being filled into the cylinder and thus would be drained directly 22 Internal fill hoses bent choked or blocked 23 The drain valve leaks Check and clean 25 TAM electrical circuit not configured correctly 26 Malfunction in the TAM electrical circuit 24 Fill valve blocked or malfunctioning 21 Excessive backpressure in w To check this switch the unit v Check and reposition replace off remove the steam hose from the cylinder and switch the unit on fill water into the cylinder then reconnect the steam hose See the manual for the static pressure allowed Also check that the steam distri butors upstream of the fan c
242. scheda Input Output Significato degli ingressi e delle uscite Modi di funzionamento Armadio con una batteria Armadio con batteria ad espansione diretta ad un compressore ed una resistenza ED Armadi per shelter Connessione di pi unit Parametri di programmazione e loro modifica Parametri Modifica parametri Descrizione e configurazione dei parametri m parametri relativi alle sonde parametri relativi alla regolazione C parametri per la gestione del compressore F X parametri per la gestione dei ventilatori P parametri per la gestione degli allarmi H parametri generali di configurazione 6 6 1 Gestione valvola del caldo freddo e serranda 6 6 2 Deumidifica 6 6 3 Controllo di condensazione 6 6 4 Funzione di free cooling T 7 1 7 2 7 3 8 8 1 8 2 8 3 9 9 1 9 2 9 3 10 11 11 1 12 13 19 1 14 Orologio fasce orarie e storico allarmi Orologio Fasce orarie Storico allarmi Allarmi e segnalazioni Tabella allarmi Segnalazioni di allarme Segnalazioni di arresto critico Schede opzionali Scheda seriale RS485 Schede gestione velocit ventilatori Scheda orologio Caratteristiche tecniche Codici degli strumenti e accessori Tabella codici Dimensioni Aggiornamento software Note per la versione Errata Corrige Y Y 01010 s CO DMN Contents 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 6 6 General characteristics General description User interface The display Stat
243. se with external contactor and TAM ONDUO 45 LAI DIP SWITCH A 97 5 107 5 eja AL AL L L REF VR SETGND AB AB O to d 4 Fig 3 OPTIONAL 4x 4mm CP4 board for KUE single and three phase with external contactor and TAM on board lt 162 5 152 5 NO ONDUO ZAJ 49 LAA 97 5 107 5 VR SETGND IL 4xG4mm D 7 4 2 0 00 Fig 4 Key 6 conductivity sensor 1 alarm relay 1 24 Vac power supply remote ON OFF 12 to the immersed electrodes 2 manual drain 8 external controller 13 to the external contactor for the 3 drain solenoid valve 9 humidistat immersed electrodes 4 fill solenoid valve 10 RS485 14 external TAM 5 high level foam sensor 8 050003765 rel 2 0 170211 TAM TAM on board CP2 and CP4 Dips TA RATE TA 20 TA 40 TA 60 jej r je je ore Fle gt lo 1 turn 2 turns Fig 5 External TAM CP1 and CP3 code UEKTAMOOO TAM jumper Fig 6 TAM configuration Fig a Fig b Fig d one cable turn one of two cables of the two cables one cable on bouble same phase of the same phase turn mode _ 8888
244. shown in cm bring the water within the the graphs at the end limit values shown in the table of the list of alarms at the end of the list of alarms IMPORTANT softening the water may worsen the problem 2 Level of water high due to b Check for any leaks on the fill leaking of the fill valve valve and dean replace it 3 Level of water high due Check that the drain valve is to malfunction of the drain working correctly fold 1 Switch the unit off 2 Remove the jumper between ON GND 3 Short circuit DR GND 4 Switch the unit on 5 Can the noise ofthe drain valve opening heard i YES remove the drain valve and clean valve and the manifold NO replace the valve 4 Electrode malfunction d Replace the cylinder for example lime scale bridge between electrodes electrodes in contact with 5 TAM electrical circuit not e Refer to aa configured correctly 6 Malfunction in the TAM f Refer to bb electrical circuit 3 short No currentThis occurs 7 The mains power supply g Check the correct operation Shut Manual Active when the following does not deliver enough of the mains power supply down conditions are true energy including the external fuses and i Filling with water ii the main switch the water reaches the high level electrodes iii the current is lt 5 Inom When these conditions occur the cylinder is emptied and the alarm is displayed 17 050003765 rel 2 0 17
245. spente oppure valvola del caldo chiusa 4 Trascorso il tempo di ritardo di 4 minuti Quando rilevato tale allarme viene posto in blocco solo il compressore attivo Range 0 20 C Def 3 0 36 F PE Selezione ingresso 104 Se 1 al posto del termico resistenze attiva un allarme di fumo fuoco Range 0 1 flag Def 0 PF Selezione ingresso 109 Se 1 nelle macchine CW attiva un allarme di flusso acqua Range 0 1 flag Def 0 P6 Delta from the effective set point for low temperature alarm P7 Delta from the effective set point for high temperature alarm Sets the alarm threshold for low Lt and high Ht ambient temperature This value is specified as a differential in respect to the effective set point considering any compensation operations see parameters 1 rG rH Hc These alarms in the case of automatic reset have an hysteresis of 1 degree and are generated only when the machine is active Range P6 P7 01050 Def P6 P7 10 01090 P8 Delta from set point for low humidity alarm P9 Delta from set point for high humidity alarm Sets the alarm threshold for low LH and high HH ambient humidity This value is specified as a differential in respect to the effective set point These alarms in the case of automatic reset have an hysteresis of 1 and are generated only when the machine is active and if the humidifier is present for low humidity alarm Range P8 P9 0t050 rH Def P8 P9 20 PA High
246. ss leaving Connector Orientation the motor This is to prevent any moisture or water that Between 4 and 8 o clock may get into the motor area from running into the connectors where it could cause damage to the control In most systems the HVAC OEM will install the motor in the correct position and provide the drip loop However when multi position systems are installed in a position other than the manufactured position the motor may need to be turned and the drip loop re arranged Drip Loop The total external static pressure ESP of the installed system should be measured and compared to the HVAC OEM charts If it is above the maximum listed for that unit improvements should be made to lower it Any total ESP below the maximum is typically acceptable However system efficiency noise levels and potential service issues will all be improved when the total ESP is as close to the HVAC OEM recommendation as possible HVAC OEM installation manuals provide guidelines that should be followed per unit for best performance Some important examples of the guidelines found in these manuals include filter sizing charts proper duct connections and unit cut outs On fossil fuel systems the temperature rise should always be measured and corrected if not within the HVAC OEM rating on the data plate of that unit Note Water damage is one of the most reoccurring failures with electrical components Always construct and size the condensate drains
247. sssessssessssesssseesssessssesssseesesesssseesesseseeneaes 34 7 CER SR RIO 34 72 uuu kuu sa ananas aaa 34 Oi TECHNICAL Se ECIECA ON 35 OEM 1 MODELS AND DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPONENTS The code that identifies the model of humidifier 15 made up of 10 characters with the following meaning Family prefix Lo rta i A Type of power supply Size and steam production Cylinder field of Custom features Type of cylinder 0 no cylinder conductivity XX custom features Ze R 1 5 3 kg h reduced A O qan ve 0 disposable or no J ice vice 1 5 3 kg h B single pack cylinder 2 5 8 kg h MP standard ver multiple deanable 3 10 15 kg h G D i 3 kg h 17 Ale CC standard version with 4 25 45 kg h F 1 frame and controller 0 no cylinder configured on board 20 230Vac fill and drain valves single package 2M 230Vac fill and drain valves multiple package The controller is configured for the maximum capacity of the KUE selected and can be modified using humiSet Example OEM UE KIT with three phase cylinder cleanable 15 kg h steam for standard conductivity revision level 0 OEM UE KIT reduced 1 5 3 kg h steam no cylinder multiple pack revision level 0 KUETROCCOO OEM UE KIT reduced three phase 1 5 3 kg h steam no cylinder with frame and controller configured for 3 kg h 400
248. st be set as master 2 itis recommended to terminate the line with a resistor Rt value 2200 5W or 470 2 4W CAREL code 5729656AXX 3 check that GO on the transformers is not earthed to avoid unwanted current at GO For operation parameters H2 H4 HA must be set see following parameter table and description Manuale p AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 5 Parametri di programmazione e loro modifica 5 1 Parametri parametri sono distribuiti su 3 livelli ognuno dei quali contiene il precedente ai quali l utente pu accedere per personalizzare il funzionamento del AC Il passaggio diretto da un livello all altro non possibile necessario terminare la fase di programmazione in corso e quindi accedere al livello desiderato vedi parametro HL riportato nella tabella 2 Livello Accesso DIRECT D accesso immediato USER U accesso con password 22 parametro HH FACTORY F accesso con password di fabbrica 177 5 2 Modifica parametri Modalit di accesso parametri Direct D Verr visualizzato il valore del primo parametro accessibile e in alto a destra il codice del parametro lampeggiante Pra Se on off alarm 4 y enter E A L 5 Sec Modalit di accesso parametri User U Verr visualizzato 0 e a sinistra il simbolo amp lucchetto a conferma dell entrata nella procedura con password Conitasti e si imposta la password 2
249. t n construidas para operar en dos Baja presi n de refrigerante etapas con el fin de subir la temperatura del aire fr o Alto amperaje de motor de ventiladores a la salida del evaporador Alto amperaje en los compresores Flujo de aire CONTROLES ELECTRICOS Los UCC son Alta presi n de refrigerante unidades bien equipadas tienen interruptores de corriente contactores monitores de fase relevos CONDENSADOR REMOTO Las unidades UCC se t rmicos sensores de presi n temperatura y suministran con un condensador remoto de humedad que permiten un control y supervisi n descarga vertical XXX Cada condensador remoto total a trav s del control digital electr nico que es el como m nimo tiene un circuito de refrigeraci n que cerebro de la operaci n del equipo debe ser conectado respectivamente al compresor de la unidad interior UCC El control digital electr nico tambi n suministrar las siguientes alarmas 2 NOMENCLATURA MODELOS DE UNIDAD DE PRECISION CONFORTFRESH DATOS ELECTRICOS 2 220V 1PH 60HZ 220V 3PH 60HZ TIPO DE REFRIGERANTE X R410A TIPO DE DESCARGA HD HORIZONTAL DERECHA VERTICAL HACIA ARRIBA HORIZONTAL IZQUIERDA VB VERTICAL HACIA ABAJO TIPO DE FUNCIONAMIENTO E EXPANSION DIRECTA W EQUIPOS HIDRONICOS CAPACIDAD EN TONELADAS 05 5TR 08 8TR UCC UNIDAD CENTRO DE COMPUTO Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 4 de 19 info Oconfortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION
250. tante conservar las distancias m nimas de servicio alrededor de la unidad que son las siguientes e el frente de los tableros principales debe haber m nimo 48 1 20 mts libres de cualquier obst culo e los costados debe haber un espacio minimo de 24 0 60 mts para inspecci n e Para facilitar el retorno del aire debe haber un minimo de 16 0 42 mts entre la parte superior del equipo y el techo Si se instalan dos o m s unidades para el funcionamiento simult neo dentro del mismo espacio acondicionado deben distribuirse alrededor del cuarto para el buen suministro y retorno del aire en toda el rea Consulte la ubicaci n de los indicadores del centro de gravedad cuando levante la unidad e t Al Mover la unidad embalada no eleve la unidad a una altura superior de 20 508 mm sobre del piso INSTALACI N Alil taciol gt Manual UCCO8EVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 6 de 19 info confortfresh com UNIDAD DE PRECISION UCCOBEVAX3 CPV RE13096XB3 WWW CONFORTFRESH COM 6 CONDESADOR REMOTO La f brica entregara un equipo est ndar con una unidad UCC con un os circuito s de refrigeraci n ventilador es centr fugo s de descarga superior y condensador remoto de descarga vertical CA El condensador remoto tiene dos circuitos de refrigeraci n y ventiladores axiales de descarga vertical est dise ado para operar en
251. tate 1 ventilatore al minimo con monitorizzazione della temperatura 2 On Off Range 0 2 flags Def 0 Diagrammi di regolazione della temperatura eb 1 r9 r4 P6 7 1 resistenza 1 compressore 1 heating element 1 compressor Fig 21 Set r1 B1 r3 3 r4 r3 3 1 3 3 r2 3 2 3 r2 3 2 resist 2 compress in binario 2 element 2 compress in binary Fig 23 21 rL Free cooling differential only for shelters Sets the differential to trigger the activation of free cooling shelters that is external air inlet by the opening of a damper The free cooling action is dependent on the following relationship B1 B2 gt rL i e room temperature external air temperature gt rL The trigger is excluded with a fixed relative differential of 1 5 C P 22 The trigger is also excluded if probe B2 is malfunctioning The percentage of opening of the damper is shown on the display via the vertical bars next to the ice symbol while the start up of the compressor is indicated by the number 1 below the symbol itself If free cooling is activated in ON OFF Out3 the bars may be either all on or all off depending on the status of the damper Range 0t030 C 0t054 F Def 9 rn Lower supply temperature limit This parameter represents the minimum limit for the supply temperature below which the damper of the shelter is closed With probe B4 present the regula
252. temperatura Seleziona il tipo di regolazione 0 regolazione di tipo proporzionale 1 regolazione di tipo proporzionale integrale Range 0 1 flag Def 0 rF Tempo integrazione per azione Costante di tempo per regolazione Trascorso il tempo impostato se l errore rimasto costante l effetto dell azione integrale pari a quello proporzionale La regolazione garantisce la massima efficacia partendo da una regolazione proporzionale stabile La regozione P l attiva solo se il valore letto dalla sonda rientra all interno del 110 della zona proporzionale Lintegratore viene azzerato in stand by in sleep mode e in deumidifica Range 10 3600 s Def 600 rG Autorit per compensazione Costante per compensazione del set di lavoro in base alla temperatura misurata dalla sonda B2 vedi fig 26 Range 2 0 2 0 Def 0 5 rH Set point compensazione estate Fissa il Set sulla temperatura esterna B2 oltre il quale inizia la compensazione vedi fig 26 Range 20 60 C 4 140 F Def 25 0 ri Set point compensazione inverno Fissa il Set sulla temperatura esterna B2 al di sotto del quale inizia la compensazione vedi fig 26 Range 20 60 C 4 140 F Def 10 0 20 r8 Humidity control dead zone Sets the dead zone see diagrams at the end of the paragraph When the humidity measured by probe B3 is within this zone the 0 10V output which activates the humidifier is at 0 an
253. ter e the addition of the water flow alarm in the ID9 input in the CW machines that can be selected with the PF parameter e the addition of the high temperature prealarm management that can be selected with the PG parameter the addition of the management of 2 supply fans using the selections 6 7 on the HA parameter he activation of the supply low temperature limit in all the configurations e the modification of the reset time of the 3 point valves from H7 6 to H7 2 to allow the management of fans with different running times e the addition of the dehumidification management in the shelter configuration and the modification of the management in the other configurations dynamic temperature setpoint during dehumidification that removes the neutral zone e the modification of the management of the compressor alarms and no power alarm in the shelter configuration that enable the opening of the damper independently of the external temperature in all the configurations the activation of the actuators from the fan startup occurs after the P1 time to allow the reading of a possible flow alarm Hardware key programming e with the key programmed with release 1 2 when the 1 3 version is being programmed the parameters which didn t exist before take the default value 14 Errata Corrige Correction of the connection of the heating valve see Fig 7 CAREL reserves the right to alter the features of its pr
254. ter with a high salt content the solid deposits that naturally form on the electrodes may reach the stage where they also stick to the inside wall of the cylinder in the event of especially conductive deposits the consequent heat produced may overheat the plastic and melt it and in more severe cases puncture the cylinder allowing water to leak back into the tank As a precaution check at the frequency recommended further on the deposits and the blackening of the wall of the cylinder and replace the cylinder If necessary CAUTION always disconnect the appliance before touching the cylinder in the event of leaks as current may be passing through the water CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 28 OEM 6 2 Maintenance of the other components in the water circuit IMPORTANT WARNINGS e when cleaning the plastic components do not use detergents or solvents e scale can removed using a solution of 20 acetic acid and then rinsing with water The steam humidifier has just one part that requires periodical replacement the steam production cylinder This operation 15 necessary when the lime scale deposits that form inside the cylinder prevent the sufficient passage of current This situation 15 displayed on the controller by an alarm signal The frequency of this operation depends on the supply water the higher the content of salts or impurities the more frequently the cylinder will need replacing escription Load bearng
255. terna B2 ed impostando un differenziale di temperatura di attivazione tramite il parametro rL inoltre tale funzione limitata impostando un set rn sulla temperatura di mandata B4 Per i diagrammi di funzionamento vedi fig 27 e 28 a pag 22 e i parametri da selezionare sono Hc rL e rn Gli allarmi del compressore e l allarme PA abilitano l apertura della serranda indipendentemente dalla temperatura esterna Hd Funzione della sonda B3 Abilita la sonda B3 come sensore di umidit oppure per il controllo della pressione di condensazione 0 Controllo umidit 1 Controllo condensazione Range 0 1 flag Def 0 HE Ingresso digitale On Off Abilita l ingresso digitale ID1 come On Off remoto Con ingresso aperto si ha lo stato di stand by della macchina segnalato dal simbolo OFF sul display applicando invece la tensione di 24 V si ha l accensione dell unit segnalata dal simbolo ON sul display 0 Assente 1 Presente Range 0 1 flag Def 0 31 Hb Function of output Y2 phase cut Defines the output Y2 whose operating parameters are FitoF8 0 output Y2 controls the speed of the supply fan proportionally following the curve in Fig 30 p 25 If the machine is in stand by output Y2 is deactivated after a time Fd and together with output OUT5 1 output Y2 controls the speed of the condensation fan using probe B3 pressure 2 output Y2 controls the speed of the condensation fan using probe B2
256. tero storico degli allarmi premendo contemporaneamente i tasti 1 5 per 5 s A questo punto appare la richiesta di inserimento della password FACTORY 177 che confermata con enter comporta la cancellazione richiesta Pra IS 8 Se v enter Bj E 4 on off alarm Questa operazione reinizializza l EEprom della scheda orologio ed obbligatoria in fase di installazione della scheda stessa codici di allarme visualizzati sono quelli riportati nella tabella del capitolo allarmi vengono inoltre inseriti alcuni codici particolari per segnalare seguenti eventi Codice Significato PrOn Accensione della macchina dopo mancanza alimentazione rES Reset manuale degli allarmi tramite tasto Alarm Uscita dallo storico alarmi Per uscire dal menu storico allarmi premere il tasto Alarm l uscita avviene comunque per time out dopo 60 secondi 34 Sel enter The machine is reactivated in the following conditions a the temperature exceeds 70 of the high low alarm threshold returning to Sleep if the temperature falls within 40 of the alarm delta the ON OFF is pressed in this case the on status lasts until the next time band during this period the symbol A flashes rt 2 the machine is in stand by as if the ON OFF had been pressed In this case too pressing the ON OFF button activates the machine until the next band switching OFF time b 7 3 Alarm log In the event of an alarm the alarm
257. that above all when starting with an empty cylinder the high level sensor may be touched by the water thus activating the high level foam procedure see below If the soft start cycle is very long gt 1 day make sure that the cylinder used is suitable for the conductivity of the mains water see the KUE manual 030221791 Management of high level and foam When water or foam activate the high level sensor the CP board runs a partial drain cycle after which it attempts to guarantee the steam demand by concentrating the water at the new level lower than before the drain cycle Before reaching demand production at the level lower is called reduced production If the high level sensor is activated too frequently by foam the CP board runs a number of partial drain cycles followed from fill cycles with mains water so as to reduce the concentration of substances that ge nerate the foam and thus eliminate it If the partial drain cycles do not manage to eliminate the foam the CP completely drains the cylinder and production restarts with an empty cylinder Automatic management of supply water interruption starting from SW rel 1 7 Following an interruption to the water supply the CP board checks for water every 10 minutes and if supply has returned steam production restarts On SW versions prior to 1 7 the interruption to the water supply shut down the humidifier and this situation could only be reset by switching the CP board off and on a
258. the unit on 5 at the end of the drain cycle switch the unit off remove the jumper between DR GND short circuit ON GND switch the unit on Low steam flow rate 4 long Disable Manual Active during reduced pro duction The steam flow rate Is estimated by the TAM circuit 28 Too much foam inside the cylinder 5 long 29 Excess lime scale inside Clean replace the cylinder ce e 30 TAM electrical circuit not gg Refer to aa memo 31 Malfunction in the TAM Refer to bb sss and clean the valve and the manifold II NO replace the valve 33 Manifold blocked jj Remove the cylinder and the drain valve and clean the manifold 35 TAM electrical circuit not Refer to aa configured correctly Check that the drain valve 15 working correctly 1 Switch the unit off 2 Remove the jumper between ON GND 3 short circuit DR GND 4 switch the unit on 5 can the noise of the drain valve opening be heard i YES remove the drain valve __ 32 Drain valve blocked malfunctioning 36 Malfunction in the TAM Imm Refer to bb electrical circuit 6 long User parameter error 37 The configuration para Download the correct confi Active meters are corrupted guration via humiSet Replace the controller pp If the problem persists contact the CAREL service department 7long High conductivity of 58 Parameter b5 too low If possi
259. ting the password a lock also appears confirming the presence of a block The presence of the parameters in the various families depends on the value of some of these 1 presence of external air probe 2 presence of humidity probe 3 presence of supply air probe Setting the default parameters Pressing the button on start up saves the default parameters in the EEPROM During this operation the message dF is displayed Fig 18 12 Manuale HAC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 Copia dei dati da chiave a eeprom macchina Con il disalimentato inserire la chiave a codice 2 000 nell apposito connettore vedi fig 5 Dando tensione alla macchina tenendo premuto il tasto si programmano i parametri de lla macchina con i dati contenuti nella chiave di programmazione Durante l operazione viene visualizzata la scritta CE e in caso di errore CEEE Pra IS 8 Sel Y enter on off alarm A L ar Power ON Copia dei dati da eeprom della macchina a chiave La pressione contemporanea dei tasti e all accensione consente di programmare la chiave con i parametri della macchina Durante l operazione viene visualizzata la scritta EC e in caso di errore appare ECEE IS 8 Se on off alarm lt gt enter A Wa Clear 5 Sec 277 Regolazione contrasto LCD E possibile regolare il contrasto del display in funzione dell angolo visivo di effettivo ut
260. tion is of the type described in Fig 28 The percentage of opening of the damper see Fig 27 is reduced proportionally until it is completely closed if the supply temperature is lower than rn 3 C This prevents air of a too low temperature being sent into the room In the ED and CW configurations the actuators turn OFF progressively when the supply temperature falls below the m set the differential is fixed at 3 C During dehumidification no limitation of the supply temperature is made Range 20t030 C Def 5 4t086 F ro Reading probe B2 External air temperature Only appears when the probe is installed Reading probe B3 Percentage of humidity or pressure value Only when the probe 15 installed rr Reading probe B4 Supply air temperature Only appears when the probe is installed rt Time band setting Sets if the clock option is installed the time band mode see chap 7 0 time bands disabled 1 fan on at minimum speed with temperature monitoring 2 ON OFF Range 0102 flags Def 0 Temperature regulation diagrams Set r1 B1 r3 2 r3 2 r4 2 2 r2 2 2 resistenze 2 compressori 2 heating elements 2 compr Fig 22 100 100 Set al Temp r3 2 i r2 proportional integral regulation zone Valvola riscaldamento raffredd Heating Cooling Valve Fig 24 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 Diagrammi di regolazione dell umidita 10 Vdc On O
261. tivity in general TDS 0 93 R 0 65 o Tab 2 e not lower than 200 of the chloride content in mg l of CI 7 not lower than 300 of the chloride content in mg l of Warning no relation can be demonstrated between water hardness and conductivity IMPORTANT WARNING do not treat water with softeners This could cause corrosion of the electrodes or the formation of foam leading to potential operating problems or failures Avoid 1 using well water industrial water or water drawn from cooling circuits in general avoid using potentially contaminated water either from a chemical or bacteriological point of view 2 adding disinfectants or corrosion inhibiters to water as these substances are potentially irritant 2 8 Drain water Inside the humidifier the water boils and Is transformed into steam without the addition of any substances The drain water as a result contains the same substances that are dissolved in the supply water yet in greater quantities depending on the concentration in the supply water and the set draining cycles and may reach temperatures of 100 C Not being toxic it may be drained into the sewage system The drain connector has an external diameter of 32 mm CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 15 OEM 3 OEM WITH FRAME only 24Vac fill and drain valves or with 24Vac fill valve and 230Vac drain pump 3 1 Introduction This is a special OEM version fitted on a frame with a pre w
262. to the data on the rating plate Periodical checks e After one hour of operation For both disposable and openable cylinders check that there are no significant water leaks e Every fifteen days or no more than 300 operating hours For both disposable and openable cylinders check operation that there are no significant water leaks and the general condition of the container Check that during operation there are no arcs or sparks between the electrodes e Every three months or no more than 1000 operating hours For disposable cylinders check operation that there are no significant water leaks and if necessary replace the cylinder for openable cylinders check that there are no markedly blackened parts of the container if this is the case check the condition of the electrodes and if necessary replace them together with the O rings and the cover gasket e Annually or no more than 2500 operating hours For disposable cylinders replace the cylinder for openable cylinders check operation that there are no significant water leaks the general conditions of the container check that there are no markedly blackened parts of the container if this is the case check the condition of the electrodes and necessary replace them together with the O rings and the cover gasket e After five years or no more than 10 000 operating hours For both disposable and openable cylinders replace the cylinder After extended use or alternatively when using wa
263. too low the humidifier will be slow in following variations in the demand for steam production CP performs the drain to dilute cycles so as to maintain an optimum internal concentration The production of steam increases the concentration of salts in the water inside the cylinder as the water evaporates without carrying away the salts with the drain to dilute cycles CP can return the internal concentration to the optimum values as during each drain cycle some of the water in the cylinder is replaced with mains water thus diluting the water inside the cylinder The algorithm on the CP is suitable for almost all types of water available around the world nonetheless in some cases the drain to dilute cycles may need to be calibrated manually Manual calibration is necessary if CP cannot correct eliminate the following phenomena foam corrosion of the electrodes discharges between the electrodes through the water It is recommended to wait a few hours from such phenomena occur before performing the manual calibration procedure so as to allow CP to act independently unless the safety of people animals and things is endangered 12 40500035765 rel 2 0 1702 11 The manual calibration should be performed by firstly increasing the frequency of the drain to dilute cycles and only if this is not sufficient by also increasing the duration of the cycles Each drain cycle in fact affects the production of steam and reduces the efficiency of humidi
264. troaction between valve and actuator The same considerations are valid if a motorised damper with 3 point control is used as the cooling actuator in shelter mode H8 Humidifier presence 0 humidifier management disabled 1 enable the humidifier management the generation of corresponding alarms and the display of the relative symbol Range 0to1 flag Def 0 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 H9 Tipo deumidificazione Seleziona la modalit della deumidificazione 0 1 con accensione del compressore 1 2 2 con accensione dei due compressori 3 con parzializzazione rampa freddo attiva al 100 l uscita 4 con riduzione velocit ventilatore 5 6 7 8 azione combinata 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 9 nessuna azione Per l attivazione deumidifica vedi diagramma fig 25 a pag 22 Range 0 9 flags Def 0 6 6 2 Deumidifica La gestione della deumidifica amp regolata come illustrato in fig 25 a pag 22 ed il suo intervento abilita la relativa uscita digitale out7 con HA 0 o 1 inoltre e possibile avere altre azioni sugli altri attuatori del freddo e ventilatore principale selezionando il parametro H9 Tale stato segnalato sul display dal simbolo delle gocce ed il suo intervento e subordinato alla gestione della temperatura e in caso di superamento del LOW LIMIT pari a 3 2 r3 vedi figura 21 22 e fig 21 b 22 b si ha la disattivazione degli attuatori del freddo ignorando di fatto la richiesta di deumid
265. ty control as ifthe contactor is open during the drain cycle the production of steam stops for the entire drain time during the next fill cycle the mains water added reduces the water temperature inside the cylinder thus further decreasing steam production This effect occurs even if the contactor is closed during the drain cycle see par Dip B2 drain with without power supply to electrodes It is clear that from the point of view of humidity control it is preferable to have more frequent yet shorter drain cycles The calibration can be performed using the following settings 1 frequency of the drain cycles dipswitches B7 B8 or parameter b8 the latter can usually be set via network 2 duration of the drain cycles dipswitches B5 B6 or parameter b9 the latter can usually be set via network 3 combination of dipswitches B5 B8 and parameters b8 and b9 Dipswitches B5 B8 and parameters b8 b9 affect each other reciprocally as follows frequency of the drain cycles dipswitches B7 B8 and parameter b8 multiply the affect of each other reciprocally if at least one of the two dipswitches is ON and b8 lt gt 100 default for b8 duration of the drain cycles dipswitches B5 B6 and parameter b9 multiply the affect of each other reciprocally if at least one of the two dipswitches is ON and b9 lt gt 100 default for b9 If b8 and b9 are not changed from their default value 100 the frequency and the duration
266. ulla scheda I O vedi fig 5 alimentare il regolatore impostare data e ora ed effettuare la cancellazione dello storico allarmi vedi paragrafo 7 3 9 2 Fan speed management board The analogue output Y2 GND can not directly manage the condensation fans This function is achieved using the optional external modules The fan can be managed in phase cut mode MCHRTF A0 boards or have a 0to10Vdc or 4t020mA analogue output using the module CONVO 10A0 Calculating the minimum and maximum speed of the fans Using the proportional fan speed regulator fan via the MCHRTF A0 power boards the correct values must be identified for parameters F2 and that is the minimum and maximum triac voltage threshold set parameters F1 0 fan always on irrespective of the regulation function F2 and F3 0 increase F3 until the fan operates at a sufficient speed ensuring when stopped that it is free to turn unimpeded copy the new F3 value to F2 thus setting the minimum voltage value connect a voltmeter to the two L terminals on the MCHRTF A0 module see Fig alongside e increase F3 until the voltage read by the voltmeter stabilises at around 4 6Vac Once this value has been established it can be noted that even on increasing F3 the voltage no longer decreases Do not increase F3 any further to avoid damaging the motor at this stage set F1 to the desired value 1 or 2 and the operation is concluded IMPORTANT
267. um time which must elapse between the shutting down of different compressors Range 0to300s Def 0 c6 Compressor rotation Allows the compressors to exchange priority for start up and shut down 0 rotation disabled 1 rotation enabled with H5 2 or 5 The rotation is FIFO that is the fist compressor to be switched on is the first to be switched off Range 0101 flag Def 0 c7 Comp ON delay from supply fan start up Sets the minimum time which must elapse between the start up of the fan and the activation of the compressor Range 0103005 Def 20 c8 Hour counter threshold for compressor operation Sets the number of hours of compressor operation beyond which the maintenance request is signalled 0 this function is not handled Range 0to30000 hours Def 0 c9 Hour counter compressor 1 cA Hour counter compressor 2 Indicates the number of operating hours of compressor 1 and or 2 Pressing the f ana Y buttons together during the display of this parameter resets the hour counter only in USER or FACTORY mode and cancels the maintenance request if enabled Management of the hour counter is suspended during the setting of the parameters while the data is written to the EEPROM every 30 mins Range 01030000 hours Def 0 Diagrams of compressor times Compressor 1 ON Compressor 2 ON o O bo LL C5 gt gt Time Versione a due compressori Version with 2 compressors Fig
268. umidif H8 1 Humidif alarm H8 1 ID8 ID9 Allarme flusso acqua PF 1 Water fow alarm PF 1 ID10 Termico ventilatore Fan thermal CW caldo freddo cool heat On Off remoto HE 1 Remote ON OFF HE 1 Flussostato Flow controller Filtro sporco Filter dirty esterno ingresso per rotazione pi unit dipende da Pb H2 HA External alarm input for rotation of a series of units depends on Pb H2 HA Allarme umidif H8 1 Humidif alarm H8 1 Estate inverno Cooling heating Allarme flusso acqua PF 1 Water fow alarm PF 1 Termico ventilatore Fan thermal Ingressi analogici Connettore 2 Analogue inputs Connector 2 B1 Temp ripresa Inlet temp B2 Temp aria esterna per compensazione 1 Hc External air temp for compensation 1 Hc B3 Umidit ambiente 2 Hd Ambient humidity 2 Hd B4 Temp mandata 3 1 Supply temp 3 1 Uscite digitali a SSR Connettore 1 SSR digital outputs Connector 1 Outi Valvola freddo H5 Cooling valve H5 Out2 Valvola freddo H5 Cooling valve H5 Valvola caldo H6 Heating valve H6 Out4 Valvola caldo H6 Heating valve H6 Out5 Vent mandata 1 Supply fan 1 Uscite digitali a rel Connettore 3 Relay digital outputs Connector 3 Out 6 Allarme HF Alarm HF Out 7 Deumidifica umidifica HA Dehumid humid HA Allarme HA Alarm HA Rotazione H2 Rotation H2 Vent di mandata 2
269. umidity alarm Delta dal set per allarme alta umidit Delta from set point for high humidity alarm Ritardo allarme alta bassa temperatura umidit all accensione Alarm delay high low temperature humidity on start up Tipo gestione ingresso allarme generico ID5 Type of management of generic alarm input ID5 0 nessun allarme collegato no alarm connected 1 allarme di sola segnalazione reset automatico 1 signal only alarm automatic reset 2 allarme di sola segnalazione reset manuale 2 signal only alarm manual reset 3 allarme grave reset automatico serious alarm automatic reset 4 allarme grave reset manuale serious alarm manual reset 5 allarme grave reset automatico attivo anche in stand by 5 serious alarm automatic reset also active in stand by 6 allarme grave reset manuale attivo anche in stand by 6 serious alarm manual reset also active in stand by Ritardo allarme generico Generic alarm delay Differenza temp ritorno mandata per allarme temp mandata Return supply temp difference for supply temp alarm Selezione ingresso 104 Input ID4 selection Selezione ingresso ID9 Input ID9 selection Abilitazione preallarme di alta temp High temper prealarm enabling Generali General Modello di macchina Machine model 0 unita ED ED unit 1 unit CW CW unit 2 unit CW CW unit H C 3 shelter shelter N di macchine in rotazione No of machines in rotation 0 macch
270. ured by B2 gt 15 C The same is true if probe B2 is not present If the temperature B2 lt 15 C on the other hand the fan operates at half speed E4 supply air temperature probe generated due to open or short circuited probe Alarm delayed by 1 minute from the instant the machine is placed ON and when the error is detected At the moment of detection the corresponding functions are deactivated supply temperature alarm management At and if free cooling is active with control of the supply temperature the damper is closed EE EEPROM data read write error Can occur also during a reset only if it is not possible to make the correction to the secondary bank This error does not affect the operation of the regulator EL insufficient power supply during EEPROM write Data write error to EEPROM due to power failure or power below 13Veff H1 H2 high pressure C1 C2 Detected irrespective of the activation of the compressor and causes its immediate switching off without waiting the corresponding delay times The alarm H2 is managed only if parameter H5 2 or 4 two independent circuits If condensation fan regulation is present this is activated for 60 seconds at maximum speed before switching off L1 L2 low pressure C1 C2 Detected only with the compressor on and causes its immediate switching off without waiting the corresponding delay times The alarm is delayed by P3 seconds on the start up of the compressor If automati
271. us indicators The keypad Installation Warnings Protection against electric shock Mounting instructions Initial start up procedure The 1 0 Input Output board Meaning of the inputs and the outputs Operating modes Precision unit with a battery CW Precision unit with direct expansion battery one compressor and one heating element ED Precision units for shelters Connecting a series of units Programming parameters and their modification Parameters Parameter modification Description and configuration of the parameters probe parameters regulation parameters compressor management parameters fan management parameters alarm management parameters general configuration parameters T 6 6 1 Heating cooling valve and damper management 6 6 2 Dehumidification 6 6 3 Condensation control 6 6 4 Free cooling function 7 7 1 7 2 7 3 8 8 1 8 2 8 3 9 9 1 9 2 9 3 10 11 11 1 12 13 13 1 14 Clock time bands and alarm log Clock Time bands Alarm log Alarms and signals Table of alarms Alarm signals Machine shut down signals Optional boards RS485 serial board Fan speed management board Clock board Technical specifications Instrument and accessory codes Table of codes Dimensions Software updating Notes for the 1 3 version Errata Corrige Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 NN Or GW GNA a 10 11 11 14 18 19 22 24 26 28
272. ush the supply hose for around 30 minutes by piping the water directly into the drain without sending it into the humidifier This will eliminate any scale or processing residues that may block the fill valve or cause foam when boiling CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 13 OEM 2 6 Installation of the steam hose and condensate return hose connection between humidifier and distributor must be made using a pipe suitable for this purpose such as the CAREL hose Avoid the formation of pockets or traps where the condensate may accumulate sure that the hose is not choked due to tight curves or twisting Fasten the ends of the hose with screw clamps Fig 2 The pipe may run according to either of the two following solutions Tubo convogliamento vapore Fig 2 f Italian English Tubo convoglimento vapore Tubo condenza vapore IMPORTANT WARNING the length of the steam pipe should not exceed 4 m To allow the drain trap in the steam condensate hose to operate properly it must be filled with water before starting the humidifier 27 Characteristics of the water 271 Supply water The humidifier must be supplied with mains water wit the following characteristics pressure between 0 1 and 0 8 MPa 1 to 8 bar 14 5 to 116 psi temperature bet
273. ut7 invia alle altre il comando di commutazione ON gt STAND BY e viceversa Tale comando per sicurezza viene ritrasmesso ogni 10 minuti Range H3 1 6 Def H3 1 H4 Tempo di rotazione tra pi unit Permette di impostare l intervallo di rotazione allo scadere del quale l unit spenta si accende mentre quella di indirizzo successivo entra in stand by Impostando H4 0 si attiva la modalit test con tempo di rotazione pari a 2 min Questo stato di funzionamento indicato tramite la lettera sul campo giorno del display Range H4 0 250 ore Def H4 0 H5 Modalit di funzionamento delle 2 uscite freddo Out1 Out 2 Stabilisce per i modelli ED e CW H1 1 o 2 il tipo degli attuatori del freddo collegati vedi tabella seguente Range 1 5 flags Def 1 28 PG High temperature prealarm enabling It enables the ht prealarm with a differential from the set equal to P7 2 and hysteresis of 1 degree in this case it is better to increase the P7 value Range 0to1 flag Def 0 6 6 Hz general configuration parameters H1 Machine model Sets the type of air conditioning unit to be controlled 0 ED unit see p 8 par 4 2 1 CW unit see p 7 par 4 1 2 CW unit C H 3 shelter unit see p 9 par 4 3 For models CW and ED the configuration is determined by parameters H5 and H6 for models CW C H and shelters on the other hand it is set according to the cooling actuators see Tab 1 p 6
274. value Specifies a speed value above the minimum value set using the para meter F2 see diagrams at the end of the paragraph Range 010 8 Def 10 F8 Maximum output value Specifies a speed value below the maximum value set using the para meter F3 see diagrams at the end of the paragraph Range F7to100 Def 100 Manuale AC cod 030220400 rel 1 4 del 19 10 2004 F9 Soglia contaore ventilatore mandata Stabilisce il numero di ore di funzionamento del ventilatore oltre le quali viene segnalata la richiesta di manutenzione 0 tale funzione non viene gestita Range 0 30000 ore Def 0 FA Contaore ventilatore mandata Indica il numero di ore di funzionamento del ventilatore La pressione simultanea dei tasti f in fase di visualizzazione del parametro azzera il contaore solo se eseguito in modalit USER o FACTORY e cancella la richiesta di manutenzione se abilitata Range 0 30000 ore Def 0 Fb Soglia contaore filtro Stabilisce il numero di ore di funzionamento del filtro oltre le quali viene segnalata la richiesta di manutenzione 0 tale funzione non viene gestita Range 0 30000 ore Def 0 FC Contaore filtro Indica il numero di ore di funzionamento del filtro Tale contaore viene incrementato se il ventilatore sta funzionando quindi fino al primo reset assume lo stesso valore di FA La pressione simultanea dei tasti T 3 in fase di visualizzazione del parametro azzera il contaore s
275. ween 1 and 40 C instant flow rate not lower than the rated fill solenoid valve flow rate refer to table 2 4 1 connection type 34 G male CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 14 OEM LIMIT VALUES FOR THE SUPPLY WATER WITH MEDIUM HIGH CONDUCTIVITY IN AN IMMERSED ELECTRODE Pai ae HUMIDIFIER Hydrogen ions pH 7 85 Specific conductivity at 20 C uS cm 1250 Total dissolved solids TDS Dry residue at 180 C R mg l Total hardness TH mg l CaCO Temporary hardness mg l CaCO ron Manganese mg l Fe Mn Chlorides ppm Cl Residual chlorine mg l Calcium sulphate mg l CaSO Metallic impurities mg l Solvents diluents soaps lubricants mg l Values depending on specific conductivity in general TDS 0 93 R 20 65 0 not lower than 200 of the chloride content in mg l of CI 7 not lower than 300 of the chloride content in mg l of CI LIMIT VALUES FOR THE SUPPLY WATER WITH MEDIUM LOW CONDUCTIVITY IN AN IMMERSED ELECTRODE LIMITS HUMIDIFIER Min Max Hydrogen ions Specific conductivity at 20 C uS cm Total dissolved solids T mg l Dry residue at 180 C Total hardness mg l CaCO Temporary hardness mg l CaCO ron Manganese mg l Fe Chlorides ppm Cl Silica mg l SIO Residual chlorine Calcium sulphate mg l CaSO Metallic impurities mg l Solvents diluents soaps lubricants mg l Values depending on specific conduc
276. y Carel direct connection fronPC to with 2Mac fill valve 250 Vac 5 2 A N CAREL code 030221791 rel 2 5 02 02 11 Alimentazione 24 Vae Pawer Supply ac manuale Manual drainage Drain solenoid a cance I solenoid Sprsore a o Even Sania conduce bits Conductaly sensor STEAM BOILER UNIT Fig 4 e 22 OEM i Er L Fo Fo material not supplied by CAREL refer manual 050003765 OEM 4 6 Three phase wiring diagram INTERNAL TAM with contactor CP4 1 e CT e Immersed electrodes MAY SA 5 Alimentazione 24 Vac Power Supply 249 Drenaggio manuale Relafatame 2 creinane Alarm relay uo a un mu uc mmn CEEI Erediraraleola di scarico E etirewalvolar di Caria Fill solenoid vere 5488 Umidnstato Us Humid amp ld Lam Sgneora High bevel sensor Sonsore conducibilta anna Dl sensor BiP EW EH E DELSWIICH RATE Regolatore eshamo Extemal regulator ON OFF remoto Y Remote ON OFF G Ew Ph uh Fat x be re x STEAM BOILER
277. zionando in seguito ad una richiesta di deumidifica Range 0 1 20 0 C Def 1 0 0 1 36 0 F r5 Set point umidit Imposta il set point di umidit vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Range rc rd rH Def 50 r6 Differenziale umidificazione Imposta il differenziale in umidifica vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Range 1 20 rH Def 4 r7 Differenziale deumidificazione Imposta il differenziale di deumidifica vedi diagrammi a fine paragrafo Range 1 20 rH Def 3 19 r b Input limit Stabilises the maximum variation which can be measured by the probes in a machine program cycle in practice the maximum variations allowed in the measurements are between 0 1 and 1 5 units bar C or F depending on the probe and the unit of measure per second approximately Low values for this parameter allow the effect of impulsive type disturbance to be limited Suggested value 8 Range 1to15 Def 8 r C Unit of measure Sets the unit of measure for the temperature displayed On changing this parameter the uAC automatically performs the conversion of all the configuration parameters set point differentials maximum limits etc except for F5 and F6 The display always indicates the unit in use 0 degrees Centigrade C used 1 degrees Fahrenheit F used Range 0to1 flag Def 0 Note if the variation from Centigrade to Fahrenheit and vice versa is performed by the supervisor the parameters ar

confortfresh

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents